Scheme 1
Scheme 2
Scheme 3
Scheme 4
Scheme 5
Scheme 6
Scheme 7
Scheme 8
Scheme 9
Scheme 10
Diagnostic Code Index
| DTC | Description |
|---|---|
| DTC B0099 | B0099 00 Deployment Commanded Circuit |
| DTC B009A or B009B | B009A 01 Left Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Short to Battery B009A 02 Left Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Short to Ground B009A 0D Left Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Resistance Above Threshold B009A 0E Left Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Resistance Below Threshold B009B 01 Right Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Short to Battery B009B 02 Right Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Short to Ground B009B 0D Right Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Resistance Above Threshold B009B 0E Right Hood Hinge Actuator Deployment Loop Resistance Below Threshold |
| DTC B009C or B00A0 | B009C 01 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Short to Battery B009C 02 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Short to Ground B009C 08 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Signal Invalid B009C 39 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Internal Electronic Failure B009C 3A Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Incorrect Component Installed B009C 3B Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Internal Self Test Failed B00A0 01 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Short to Battery B00A0 02 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Short to Ground B00A0 08 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Signal Invalid B00A0 39 Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Internal Electronic Failure B00A0 3A Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Incorrect Component Installed |
| DTC B094B or B094C | DTC B094B 00 Left Side Object Detection Control Module - Malfunction DTC B094B 08 Left Side Object Detection Control Module - Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B094B 45 Left Side Object Detection Control Module - Variant Not Programmed DTC B094B 54 Left Side Object Detection Control Module - High Temperature DTC B094B 58 Left Side Object Detection Control Module - Performance DTC B094C 00 Right Side Object Detection Control Module - Malfunction DTC B094C 08 Right Side Object Detection Control Module - Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B094C 45 Right Side Object Detection Control Module - Variant Not Programmed DTC B094C 54 Right Side Object Detection Control Module - High Temperature DTC B094C 58 Right Side Object Detection Control Module - Performance |
| DTC B094D or B094E | DTC B094D Left Side Object Detection Indicator Circuit DTC B094E Right Side Object Detection Indicator Circuit |
| DTC B0954, B0955, B0956, or B0957 | DTC B0954 01 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Corner Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0954 06 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Corner Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC B0954 08 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Corner Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B0954 21 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Corner Circuit Incorrect Period DTC B0954 3A Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Corner Circuit Incorrect Component Installed DTC B0955 01 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Middle Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0955 06 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Middle Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC B0955 08 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Middle Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B0955 21 Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Middle Circuit Incorrect Period DTC B0955 3A Parking Assist Front Sensor Left Middle Circuit Incorrect Component Installed DTC B0956 01 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Middle Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0956 06 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Middle Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC B0956 08 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Middle Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B0956 21 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Middle Circuit Incorrect Period DTC B0956 3A Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Middle Circuit Incorrect Component Installed DTC B0957 01 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Corner Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0957 06 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Corner Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC B0957 08 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Corner Circuit Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B0957 21 Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Corner Circuit Incorrect Period DTC B0957 3A Parking Assist Front Sensor Right Corner Circuit Incorrect Component Installed |
| DTC B0958, B0959, B0960, or B0961 | DTC B0958 Parking Assist Rear Sensor Left Corner Circuit DTC B0959 Parking Assist Rear Sensor Left Middle Circuit DTC B0960 Parking Assist Rear Sensor Right Middle Circuit DTC B0961 Parking Assist Rear Sensor Right Corner Circuit |
| DTC B0967 or B0968 | DTC B0967 02 Parking Assist On/Off Switch Circuit Short to Ground DTC B0968 01 Parking Assist On/Off Switch Indicator Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0968 06 Parking Assist On/Off Switch Indicator Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC B0968 0B Parking Assist On/Off Switch Indicator Circuit High Current |
| DTC B0987 | DTC B0987 01 Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0987 06 Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit Low Voltage/Open DTC B0987 0B Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Circuit High Current |
| DTC B1011 | DTC B1011 System Disabled Information Stored |
| DTC B1015 | DTC B1015 00 Vehicle Identification Number Information Malfunction |
| DTC B101D (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) | DTC B101D Electronic Control Unit Hardware |
| DTC B101E (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) | DTC B101E Electronic Control Unit Software |
| DTC B127B | B127B 2B Rearview Camera Input Signal Circuit Missing Reference |
| DTC B1405 (with rear park assist, UD7) | DTC B1405 02 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit Short to Ground DTC B1405 03 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit Low Voltage DTC B1405 07 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit High Voltage |
| DTC B1405 (with front and rear park assist, UD7&UDF) | DTC B1405 02 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit Short to Ground DTC B1405 03 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit Low Voltage DTC B1405 07 Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2 Circuit High Voltage |
| DTC B172E or B172F | DTC B172E 01 Driver Seat Cushion Left Rear Haptic Alert Motor Control Circuit Short to Voltage DTC B172E 02 Driver Seat Cushion Left Rear Haptic Alert Motor Control Circuit Short to Ground DTC B172F 01 Driver Seat Cushion Right Rear Haptic Alert Motor Control Circuit Short to Voltage DTC B172F 02 Driver Seat Cushion Right Rear Haptic Alert Motor Control Circuit Short to Ground |
| DTC B356A | DTC B356A 02 Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Circuit Short to Ground DTC B356A 05 Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Circuit Short to Voltage |
| DTC B390A | DTC B390A 08 Short Range Object Sensor Performance - Signal Invalid DTC B390A 45 Short Range Object Sensor Variant Not Programmed DTC B390A 54 Short Range Object Sensor High Temperature DTC B390A 58 Short Range Object Sensor Performance DTC B390A 67 Short Range Object Sensor Incorrect Assembly |
| DTC B390C | DTC B390C 66 Long Range Radar Sensor Module Incorrect Mounting |
| DTC B390D | DTC B390D 66 Frontview Camera Module Incorrect Mounting |
| DTC P15F6 | DTC P15F6 Front Object Detection Control Module Torque Request Signal Message Counter Incorrect |
DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX
Diagnostic Instructions
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
Circuit/System Description
The pedestrian impact detection system senses and discriminates vehicle impacts and deploys the pedestrian hood hinge actuators in a timely manner to help reduce pedestrian head injuries. The Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors provides force information to the pedestrian impact detection module. The pedestrian impact detection module uses force information from the sensor to determine those events when the deployment of the hood hinge actuator is expected. The pedestrian hood actuators deploy only when a valid signal whose energy is capable of triggering deployment of the hood is present. During a frontal pedestrian impact of sufficient force, the pedestrian impact detection module will allow current to flow through the deployment loop in order to deploy the hood hinge actuator. The pedestrian impact detection module provides a minimum of 1.2 amps and a maximum of 1.95 amps of current for a minimum of 2 ms when an actuator deployment is commanded. The pedestrian impact detection module performs continuous diagnostic tests on the deployment loops to check for proper circuit continuity. The pedestrian impact detection module sets this DTC in the current ignition cycle when a hood hinge actuator deployment has been commanded. After a deployment, the hood hinge actuators and the pedestrian impact detection module need to be replaced.
Conditions for Running the DTC
Ignition voltage is between 9-16 volts.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
- The pedestrian impact detection module detects a frontal impact to warrant deployment of the hood hinge actuators.
- The pedestrian impact detection module provides a minimum of 1.2 amps and a maximum of 1.95 amps of current for a minimum of 2 ms to command deployment of the hood hinge actuators
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
- The pedestrian impact detection module commands the DIC to display Reset Hood See Owners Manual for the following two ignition cycles.
- The pedestrian impact detection module commands the DIC to display Service Pedestrian Protection System at the third ignition cycle after the hood hinge actuators have been deployed until service is performed.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
- The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
- A history DTC will clear once 40 malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Testing
Ignition ON, verify DTC B0099 is not set.
- If DTC is set, replace the pedestrian impact detection module and the active hood hinge actuators.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.
- «Active Hood Hinge Actuator Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for pedestrian impact detection module replacement, setup, and programming
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
Diagnostic Fault Information
| Circuit | Short to Ground | High Resistance | Open | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Left Hood Hinge Actuator- Low Control Circuit | B009A 02, B009A 0E | B009A 04 | B009A 0D | B009A 01 | |
| Left Hood Hinge Actuator- High Control Circuit | B009A 02, B009A 0E | B009A 04 | B009A 0D | B009A 01 | |
| Right Hood Hinge Actuator - Low Control Circuit | B009B 02, B009B 0E | B009B 04 | B009B 0D | B009B 01 | |
| Right Hood Hinge Actuator - High Control Circuit | B009B 02, B009B 0E | B009B 04 | B009B 0D | B009B 01 |
The pedestrian hood actuators deploy only when a valid signal whose energy is capable of triggering deployment of the hood is present. The pedestrian hood actuators only deploys in those events where the activation of the hood is expected. The hood actuator is not expected to deploy in low severity event where the risk of injury is low or in a high severity event like a car to car crash. During a frontal pedestrian impact of sufficient force the pedestrian impact detection module will allow current to flow through the deployment loop in order to deploy the hood hinge actuator. The pedestrian impact detection module performs continuous diagnostic tests on the deployment loops to check for proper circuit continuity, shorts to ground and shorts to voltage. There are 2 shorting bars used within the hood hinge actuator connector which will short together both high and low control circuits, when the hood hinge connector is disconnected. This helps to prevent unwanted deployment of the actuator during servicing.
Ignition voltage is between 9-16 volts.
B009A 01 or B009B 01
The pedestrian impact detection module deployment loop resistance leakage is less than 3.5 k ohms for 2.5 seconds.
B009A 02 or B009B 02
The pedestrian impact detection module deployment loop resistance leakage is less than 3.5 k ohms for 2.5 seconds.
B009A 04 or B009B 04
The pedestrian impact detection module deployment loop resistance is greater than 7.2 ohms for 2.5 seconds.
B009A 0D or B009B 0D
The pedestrian impact detection module deployment loop resistance is greater than 3.1 ohms for 2.5 seconds.
B009A 0E or B009B 0E
The pedestrian impact detection module deployment loop resistance is less than 1.6 ohms for 2.5 seconds.
- The pedestrian impact detection module commands the DIC to display Service Pedestrian Protection System.
- The pedestrian impact detection module stores DTC in memory.
- The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
- A history DTC will clear once 40 malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
Diagnostic Aid
Note. The following diagnostic aids apply for both current and history DTCs.
An incorrectly installed connector position assurance (CPA) or incorrectly seated connector can cause a shorting bar to short both control circuits together. Check the connectors and CPAs if a DTC with symptom byte 02 or 0E is set, to ensure the shorting bars are not causing the circuits to be shorted together. Shorting bars are used in the locations listed below
- Left and Right Hood Hinge Actuators
- Inline harness connectors
- Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module connector
Terminal fretting or incorrectly seated connectors can cause an open/high resistance condition. Check the circuit terminals for fretting or incorrectly seated connector if a DTC with symptom byte 04 or 0D is set.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
Note. Refer to SIR Service Precautions . Inspect all terminals for damage or corrosion when disconnecting connectors. Damage or corrosion in the following requires repair or replacement of the affected component/connector. F100L Hood Hinge Actuator - Left F100R Hood Hinge Actuator - Right Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Right Front Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Left Front Wiring harness connectors K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module wiring harness connector
Note. The connector and connector position assurance (CPA) may seat independent of each other. Both the connector and CPA should seat with an audible and/or tactile click. The CPA isolates the shorting-bars within the connector allowing the deployment circuit to operate properly. If the condition is intermittent or cannot be duplicated, disconnect the connectors and add dielectric grease / lubricant (Nyogel 760G or equivalent, meeting GM specification 9986087). This procedure will correct the high resistance condition due to terminal fretting corrosion.
- Verify the appropriate scan tool Hood Hinge Deployment Loop Resistance parameters stay consistently between 2.1 and 4.0 ohms without any spikes or dropouts while moving the harness near each connector listed below: F100L Hood Hinge Actuator - Left F100R Hood Hinge Actuator - Right Any inline harness connector K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module If less than 2.1 or greater than 4.0 ohms Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If there are spikes or dropouts, perform the following Inspect each connector terminal and harness for damage or corrosion and repair as necessary Apply dielectric grease / lubricant (Nyogel 760G or equivalent, meeting GM specification 9986087) to each connector terminal Insure each connector and CPA is correctly seated. If within 2.1 and 4.0 ohms without any spikes or dropouts
- All OK
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector listed below at the appropriate Hood Hinge Actuator: F100L Hood Hinge Actuator - Left connector F100R Hood Hinge Actuator - Right connector
- Test for greater than 25 ohms between the control circuit terminal 1 and the control circuit terminal 2. If 25 ohms or less Disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. NOTE: Some connectors may be equipped with shorting bars as a safety component to prevent accidental deployment. When testing on a connector with shorting bars, the shorting bars must be disabled to ensure accurate test results. Insert an appropriate pick from EL-38125-580 and depress the shorting bars above the appropriate terminals. This will lift the shorting bar from the terminal and allow accurate test results. Take care not to damage the connector, shorting bar, or terminal when depressing the shorting bar. Test for infinite resistance between the two control circuits. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short between the two circuits. If infinite resistance, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If greater than 25 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Test for less than 11 V between the following control circuits and ground: Control circuit terminal 1 Control circuit terminal 2 If 11 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the appropriate control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If less than 11 V
- Ignition OFF.
- Test for greater than 25 ohms resistance between each control circuit terminal listed below and ground: Control circuit terminal 1 Control circuit terminal 2 If 25 ohms or less Disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. NOTE: Some connectors may be equipped with shorting bars as a safety component to prevent accidental deployment. When testing on a connector with shorting bars, the shorting bars must be disabled to ensure accurate test results. Insert an appropriate pick from EL-38125-580 and depress the shorting bars above the appropriate terminals. This will lift the shorting bar from the terminal and allow accurate test results. Take care not to damage the connector, shorting bar, or terminal when depressing the shorting bar. Test for infinite resistance between the appropriate control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If greater than 25 ohms
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminals 1 and 2. Ignition ON.
- Verify the appropriate scan tool Hood Hinge Deployment Loop Resistance parameter is less than 2 ohms. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in each control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection control Module. If less than 2 ohms
- Ignition OFF, connect the harness connector at the appropriate Hood Hinge Actuator, press in the CPA (if equipped) until an audible and/or tactile click is heard.
- Ignition ON, clear DTCs. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.
- Verify DTC B009A or B009B is not set. If DTC B009A or B009B is set Replace the appropriate Hood Hinge Actuator. If DTC B009A or B009B is not set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.
- «Active Hood Hinge Actuator Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module replacement, setup, and programming
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | High Resistance | Open | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Sensor High Signal Circuit | B009C 02 | B009C 08 | B009C 08 | B009C 01 | B009C 39, B009C 3A, B009C 3B |
| Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left Sensor Low Reference Circuit | B009C 02 | B009C 08 | B009C 08 | B009C 01 | B009C 39, B009C 3A, B009C 3B |
| Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Sensor High Signal Circuit | B00A0 02 | B00A0 08 | B00A0 08 | B00A0 01 | B00A0 39, B00A0 3A |
| Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right Sensor Low Reference Circuit | B00A0 02 | B00A0 08 | B00A0 08 | B00A0 01 | B00A0 39, B00A0 3A |
The pedestrian impact detection system senses and discriminates vehicle impacts and deploys the pedestrian hood hinge actuators in a timely manner to help reduce pedestrian head injuries. The Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor provides discrete force information to the Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. The Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module uses force information from the Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors to determine those events when the deployment of the hood hinge actuator is expected. The pedestrian impact detection module provides a two wire current loop interface to the Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors. This loop also powers the sensor. The Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module monitors the Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors for any system malfunction and when a malfunction is detected, a DTC will be stored in non volatile memory.
B82F Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front consists of two sensors connected together by a tube. If either sensor needs to be replaced they must be replaced as a complete assembly. Also verify there are no cracks or other damage to the front fascia or front bumper fascia energy absorber.
Ignition voltage is between 9-16 volts.
B009C 01
The sensor has been shorted to battery.
B009C 02
The sensor has been shorted to ground.
B009C 08
The sensor high and/or low circuit is open or no new data received. An open circuit indicates as no new data received.
B009C 39
The sensor sent an error message or invalid data to the Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module.
B009C 3A
Invalid sensor ID data received by the Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module.
B009C 3B
Sensor internal self-test failed.
B00A0 01
The sensor has been shorted to battery.
B00A0 02
The sensor has been shorted to ground.
B00A0 08
The sensor high and/or low circuit is open or no new data received. An open circuit indicates as no new data received.
B00A0 39
The sensor sent an error message or invalid data to the Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module.
B00A0 3A
Invalid sensor ID data received by the Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module.
- The Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module commands the DIC to display Service Pedestrian Protection System.
- The Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module stores DTC in memory.
- The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
- A history DTC will clear once 40 malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Note. SIR Service Precautions Inspect all terminals for damage or corrosion when disconnecting connectors. Damage or corrosion in the following requires repair or replacement of the affected component/connector. Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module wiring harness connector
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that DTC B009C symptom byte 08, 39 or 3B or DTC B00A0 08 or 39 is not set as current. If DTC B009C symptom byte 08, 39 or 3B or DTC B00A0 08 or 39 is set as current Replace the B82F Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front. If DTC B009C or B009C symptom byte 08, 39 or 3B or DTC B00A0 08 or 39 is not set as current
- Verify that DTC B009C or B00A0 symptom byte 3A is not set as current. If DTC B009C or B00A0 symptom byte 3A is set as current Replace the B82F Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front. If DTC B009C or B00A0 symptom byte 3A is not set as current
- Verify that DTC B009C or B00A0 symptom byte 01 or 02 is not set as current. If DTC B009C or B00A0 symptom byte 01 or 02 is set as current Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC B009C or B00A0 symptom byte 01 or 02 is not set as current
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF. Disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 1 V or greater Ignition OFF. Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module Ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If less than 1 V
- Ignition OFF.
- Test for greater than 50k ohms between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 50k ohms or less Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If greater than 50k ohms
- Disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module.
- Test for less than 2 ohms between the Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor signal circuit terminal 1 and the appropriate K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module signal circuit terminal listed below: Right front impact sensor terminal 22 X2 Left front impact sensor terminal 23 X2 If 2 ohms or greater Repair the short to voltage or an open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Ignition OFF, reconnect all harness connectors.
- Ignition ON, clear DTCs. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.
- Verify DTC B009C or B00A0 does not set. If the DTC sets Replace the B82F Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets, replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module. If the DTC does not set. All OK. If the DTC does not set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor Replacement - Front Upper Beam»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for pedestrian impact detection module replacement, setup, and programming.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
The B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left or B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right can set this code if the module determines there is a fault due to the reason listed in the symptom byte.
Ignition ON.
The control module has detected a malfunction.
- The Side Blind Zone and Rear Cross Traffic Alert Systems will not function.
- The DIC will display "Service Side Detection System".
- A current DTC clears when the malfunction is no longer present.
- A history DTC clears when the control module ignition cycle counter reaches the reset threshold of 50, without a repeat of the malfunction.
Diagnostic Aids
If DTC B094B 58 or B094C 58 is set, check for anything that can interfere with the radar signal. Verify area in front of radar is clean of mud, ice, snow, etc. Also verify the fascia panels in front of the radar are damage-free and not obstructed by any add-on accessories such as emblems, etc.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that B094B 45 or B094C 45 is not set. If DTC is set Program the appropriate B218 Side Object Sensor Module. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets, replace the appropriate B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If the DTC does not set All OK. If DTC is not set
- Verify that B094B 00, B094C 00, B094B 08, B094C 08, B094B 54 or B094C 54 is not set. If DTC is set Replace the appropriate B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If the DTC is not set
- Verify that B094B 58 or B094C 58 is not set. If DTC is set Verify the area in front of the sensor is clean, unobstructed, and damage-free. If not clean, unobstructed, and damage-free, clean or repair as necessary. If clean, unobstructed, and damage-free, replace the appropriate B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If DTC is not set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for side object sensor module replacement, programming and setup
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
For symptom byte information, refer to Symptom Byte List .
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Left Side Object Detection Indicator Control Circuit | B094D 02 | B094D 04 | B094D 01 | |
| Right Side Object Detection Indicator Control Circuit | B094E 02 | B094E 04 | B094E 01 |
The side blind zone alert system sensors are located behind the rear fascia and detect and report objects on either side of the vehicle, within a specified blind zone. The system alerts with a visual indicator placed on each side rear view mirror, to the presence of objects that may not be visible in the inside rearview mirror and outside rearview mirrors. When the system detects a vehicle in the side blind zone while driving forward, independent if passing a vehicle or being passed, an amber warning symbol will light up in the appropriate outside mirror. This indicates that it may be unsafe to change lanes. If the driver then activates the turn signal, the amber warning symbol starts flashing and a chime sounds to give an extra warning not to change lanes. The side object sensor module provides the voltage to the outside rearview mirror to illuminate the side blind zone alert symbol on the mirror.
Side blind zone alert is active from speeds of 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) up to 140 km/h (87 MPH). Driving faster deactivates the system, indicated by low lighting warning symbols in the mirrors. Driving under this speed again will turn off the warning symbols. If then a vehicle is detected in blind zone, the warning symbols will illuminate normally on the appropriate side. When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror displays will briefly come on to indicate that the system is operating.
- Engine running.
- The Side blind zone alert is active from speeds of 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) up to 140 km/h (87 MPH).
B094D 02
The module has detected a short to ground in the left side object detection indicator circuit.
B094D 01
The module has detected a short to voltage in the left side object detection indicator circuit.
B094E 02
The module has detected a short to ground in the right side object detection indicator circuit.
B094E 01
The module has detected a short to voltage in the right side object detection indicator circuit.
The side blind zone alert system is inoperative and Service Side Detection System is displayed on the Driver Information Center.
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition OFF, ignition ON.
- Verify the side blind zone alert system indicators located in the outside rearview mirrors briefly turn ON and then OFF during the system self test when ignition is turned ON. If the side blind zone alert system indicators do not briefly turn ON and OFF Refer to Circuit/System Testing If both side blind zone alert indicators briefly turn ON and OFF
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector for the appropriate A9 Outside Rearview Mirror. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down. X510 - Driver Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror X610 - Passenger Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 18 and the ground circuit terminal 5.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Object Detection Alert Indicators On and Off with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B218 Side Object Sensor Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B218 Side Object Sensor Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the A9 Outside Rearview Mirror Glass.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/mirrors/#mirror-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for side object sensor module replacement, programming and setup
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8 V Reference | B1405 02 | B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, B0957 06, B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 03 | B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, B0957 06, B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 07 | |
| Left Front Object Sensor Signal | B0954 06 | B0954 06 | B0954 01 | B0954 08, B0954 21 |
| Left Middle Front Object Sensor Signal | B0955 06 | B0955 06 | B0955 01 | B0955 08, B0955 21 |
| Right Middle Front Object Sensor Signal | B0956 06 | B0956 06 | B0956 01 | B0956 08, B0956 21 |
| Right Front Object Sensor Signal | B0957 06 | B0957 06 | B0957 01 | B0957 08, B0957 21 |
| Low Reference | B0954 01, B0955 01, B0956 01, B0957 01, B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, B0961 01 |
The object sensors are 3-wire sensors that are used to determine the distance between the vehicle and an object of interest. The front and rear parking assist control module supplies 8 V to the object sensors via the 8 V reference circuit and provides ground via the low reference circuit. The front and rear parking assist control module triggers the sensors in a sequential loop. After each sensor transmits, the front and rear parking assist control module uses the sensor echo received through the signal circuit to calculate the distance and position of an object.
- Ignition ON
- The park assist is activated. The activation takes place through putting in the reverse gear or through operating the park assist switch.
B0954 01, B0955 01, B0956 01, or B0957 01
The front and rear parking assist control module has detected the voltage at the sensor circuit is greater than 11.5 V or the object sensor is not grounded.
B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, or B0957 06
The front and rear parking assist control module has detected the voltage at the sensor circuit is less than 0.5 V.
B0954 08, B0955 08, B0956 08, or B0957 08
The front and rear parking assist control module has received an invalid signal.
B0954 21, B0955 21, B0956 21, or B0957 21
The object sensor determines no change in the position of an object while the vehicle is in motion.
B0954 3A, B0955 3A, B0956 3A, or B0957 3A
The front and rear parking assist control module determines the wrong sensor type is installed.
- The parking assist is disabled.
- The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST.
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that DTC B1405 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B1405 (with rear park assist, UD7)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «DTC B1405 (with front and rear park assist, UD7&UDF)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) If the DTC is not set
- Verify that DTC B0954 01, B0955 01, B0956 01, B0957 01 B0954 21, B0955 21, B0956 21 or B0957 21 is not set. If the DTC is set Verify the B78 Front Object Sensors are not contaminated with snow, mud, dirt, slush, or ice. If contaminated, clean sensor. If there is no contamination Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC is not set
- Verify that DTC B0954 3A, B0955 3A, B0956 3A or B0957 3A is not set. If the DTC is set Replace the B78 Front Object Sensor with the correct sensor type. If the DTC is not set
- Ignition ON, transmission in REVERSE.
- Verify the scan tool Parking Assist System Status parameter displays Enabled. If the Parking Assist System displays Disabled Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the Parking Assist System displays Enabled
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, disconnect the harness at the appropriate B78 Front Object Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector X3 at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Test for 7.5-9.5 V between the 8 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 7.5 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the 8 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 8 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If greater than 9.5 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 8 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If between 7.5-9.5 V
- Ignition OFF, remove appropriate B78 Front Object Sensor and switch locations with another properly operating sensor. Connect harness connector at both sensors. Ignition ON.
- Verify the DTC is set for the new location in which the malfunctioning sensor is installed. If DTC set for the new location Replace the malfunctioning B78 Front Object Sensor. If DTC set for the original location Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If no DTC set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for front and rear parking assist control module replacement, programming and setup
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
For symptom byte information, refer to Symptom Byte List .
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8 V Reference | B1405 02 | B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, B0957 06, B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 03 | B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, B0957 06, B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 07 | |
| Left Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0958 06 | B0958 06 | B0958 01 | B0958 08, B0958 21 |
| Left Middle Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0959 06 | B0959 06 | B0959 01 | B0959 08, B0959 21 |
| Right Middle Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0960 06 | B0960 06 | B0960 01 | B0960 08, B0960 21 |
| Right Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0961 06 | B0961 06 | B0961 01 | B0961 08, B0961 21 |
| Low Reference | B0954 01, B0955 01, B0956 01, B0957 01, B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, B0961 01 |
The object sensors are 3-wire sensors that are used to determine the distance between the vehicle and an object of interest. The front and rear parking assist control module supplies 8 V to the object sensors via the 8 V reference circuit and provides ground via the low reference circuit. The front and rear parking assist control module triggers the sensors in a sequential loop. After each sensor transmits, the front and rear parking assist control module uses the sensor echo received through the signal circuit to calculate the distance and position of an object.
- Ignition ON
- The parking assist is activated. The activation takes place through putting in the reverse gear or through operating the park assist switch.
B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, or B0961 01
The front and rear parking assist control module has detected the voltage at the sensor circuit is greater than 11.5 V or the object sensor is not grounded.
B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, or B0961 06
The front and rear parking assist control module has detected the voltage at the sensor circuit less than 0.5 V.
B0958 08, B0959 08, B0960 08, or B0961 08
The front and rear parking assist control module has received an invalid signal.
B0958 21, B0959 21, B0960 21, or B0961 21
The object sensor determines no change in the position of an object while the vehicle is in motion.
B0958 3A, B0959 3A, B0960 3A, or B0961 3A
The front and rear parking assist control module determines the wrong sensor type is installed.
- The parking assist is disabled.
- The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST.
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that DTC B1405 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B1405 (with rear park assist, UD7)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «DTC B1405 (with front and rear park assist, UD7&UDF)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) If the DTC is not set
- Verify that DTC B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, B0961 01, B0958 21, B0959 21, B0960 21 or B0961 21 is not set. If the DTC is set Verify the B78 Rear Object Sensors are not contaminated with snow, mud, dirt, slush, or ice. If contaminated, clean sensor. If there is no contamination Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC is not set
- Verify that DTC B0958 3A, B0959 3A, B0960 3A or B0961 3A is not set. If the DTC is set Replace the B78 Rear Object Sensor with the correct sensor type. If the DTC is not set
- Ignition ON, transmission in REVERSE.
- Verify the scan tool Parking Assist System Status parameter displays Enabled. If the Parking Assist System displays Disabled Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the Parking Assist System displays Enabled
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF, scan tool disconnected, disconnect the harness at the appropriate B78 Rear Object Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector X2 at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Test for 7.5-9.5 V between the 8 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 7.5 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the 8 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 8 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If greater than 9.5 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 8 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If between 7.5-9.5 V
- Ignition OFF, remove the appropriate B78 Rear Object Sensor and switch locations with another properly operating sensor. Connect harness connector at both sensors. Ignition ON.
- Verify the DTC is set for the new location in which the malfunctioning sensor is installed. If DTC set for the new location Replace the malfunctioning B78 Rear Object Sensor. If DTC set for the original location Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If no DTC set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for front and rear parking assist control module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Parking Assist Switch Indicator Ignition | B0968 06, 2 | B0968 06, 2 | ||
| Parking Assist Switch Signal | B0967 02, 1 | 1 | ||
| Parking Assist Switch Indicator Control | B0968 06, 2 | B0968 06, 2 | B0968 01, B0968 0B | |
| Parking Assist Switch Ground | 1 | |||
| 1. Parking Assist Switch Malfunction 2. Parking Assist Switch Indicator Malfunction | ||||
The parking assist can be enabled/disabled by pressing the parking assist switch. If the parking assist is enabled, engaging the reverse gear activates the parking assist feature. By subsequently pressing the parking assist switch the parking assist can be disabled.
The indicator in the parking assist switch shows the status of the parking assist. If the lamp is ON, parking assist is enabled.
For vehicles without UGN the indicator and switch are connected to the Park Assist Module and the system operates as a stand-alone feature.
With UGN, the indicator and switch are connected to the Active Safety Control Module. The Active Safety Control Module received input from several modules including the park assist module to provide additional features. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America) for additional information on UGN. The park assist alerts and DTCs originate from the Park Assist Module with the exception of the indicator DTCs which are set by the Active Safety Control Module. There are no switch DTCs for vehicles with the Active Safety Control Module.
- Ignition ON
- The parking assist is activated. The activation takes place by putting in the reverse gear while the system is enabled.
B0967 02
The Parking Assist Control Module has detected a short to ground.
B0968 01
The Parking Assist Control Module has detected a short to battery.
B0968 06
The Parking Assist Control Module has detected a short to ground or open.
B0968 0B
The Active Safety Module has detected a short to ground or open in the control circuit.
Without UGN
- The parking assist is disabled.
- The driver information center displays "Service Park Assist".
With UGN
- The driver assist system is disabled.
- The driver information center displays "Service Driver Assist".
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive when cycling the parking assist switch. If the Parking Assist Switch parameter does not change between Active and Inactive Refer to Parking Assist Switch Malfunction. If the Parking Assist Switch parameter changes between Active and Inactive
- Verify the Park Assist Switch Indicator turns ON and OFF when cycling the parking assist switch. If the indicator does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Parking Assist Indicator Malfunction. If the indicator turns ON and OFF
- All OK.
Circuit/System Testing (without UGN)
Parking Assist Switch Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 (without UV6) or terminal 2 (with UV6) and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector X1 at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If Inactive
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 2 (without UV6) or terminal 5 (with UV6) and ground.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If Active
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Parking Assist Switch Indicator Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Ignition ON. NOTE: Verify interior dimming is set to full bright
- Test for 11 V or greater between the control circuit terminal 4 (without UV6) or terminal 3 (with UV6) and ground. If the voltage is under 11 V and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the voltage is under 11 V and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If the test voltage 11 V or greater
- Connect a test lamp between B+ and the control circuit terminal 3 (without UV6) or terminal 6 (with UV6).
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Parking Assist Switch Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Circuit/System Testing (with UGN)
Parking Assist Switch Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 (without UV6) or terminal 2 (with UV6) and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector X1 at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If Inactive
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 2 (without UV6) or terminal 5 (with UV6) and ground.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If Active
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Parking Assist Switch Indicator Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Ignition ON, interior dimming set to full bright. NOTE: Verify interior dimming is set to full bright
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the control circuit terminal 4 (without UV6) or terminal 3 (with UV6) and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp illuminates
- Connect a test lamp between B+ and the control circuit terminal 3 (without UV6) or terminal 6 (with UV6).
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Parking Assist Switch Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Component Testing
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
- Test for infinite resistance between terminal 2 and terminal 5 with the switch in the open position. If less than infinite resistance Replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. If infinite resistance
- Test for less than 10 ohms between terminal 2 and terminal 5 with the switch in the closed position. If 10 ohms or greater Replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. If less than 10 ohms
- All OK
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair
- «Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Active Safety Control and Parking Assist Control Module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Ignition | B0987 06, 1 | B0987 06, 1 | ||
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Control | 1 | B0987 06, 1 | B0987 01, B0987 0B | |
| 1. Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Malfunction | ||||
The lane departure warning is enabled and disabled through the lane departure warning switch. When enabled, the Frontview Camera Module will illuminate the indicator located in the switch. For the exact location of the lane departure warning switch, refer to the Owner's Manual.
For vehicles without UGN, the indicator and switch are connected to the Frontview Camera Module and the system operates as a stand-alone feature.
With UGN, the indicator and switch are connected to the Active Safety Control Module. The Active Safety Control Module receives input from several modules including the Frontview Camera Module to provide additional features. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America) for additional information on UGN. The lane departure alerts and DTCs are set by the Frontview Camera Module with the exception of the indicator DTCs, which are set by the Active Safety Control Module. There are no switch DTCs for vehicles with the Active Safety Control Module.
Ignition ON.
B0987 01
The Frontview Camera Module detects a short to voltage in the control circuit.
B0987 06
The Frontview Camera Module detects a short to ground or an open/high resistance in the control circuit.
B0987 0B
The Active Safety Control Module detects high current in the control circuit.
Without UGN
- Lane departure warning is disabled
- The driver information center displays "Service Front Camera".
With UGN
- The driver assist system is disabled.
- The driver information center displays "Service Driver Assist".
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify DTC B356A is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B356A»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) If the DTC is not set
- Verify the lane departure warning indicator turns ON and OFF while pressing and releasing the lane departure warning switch. If the indicator does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the indictor turns ON and OFF
- All OK.
Without UGN
- Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel, ignition ON. NOTE: Verify interior lighting dimming is turned all the way up.
- Test for 10 - 13 V between the control circuit terminal 4 (without UV6) or terminal 3 (with UV6) and ground. If less than 10 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If greater than 13 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 10 - 13 V
- Connect a test lamp between control circuit terminal 8 (with UV6) or terminal 7 (without UV6) and B+.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Status parameter On and Off with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
With UGN
- Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch- Instrument Panel, ignition ON. NOTE: Verify interior lighting dimming is turned all the way up.
- Test for 6.2-10.9 V between the control circuit terminal 4 (without UV6) or terminal 3 (with UV6) and ground. If less than 6.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If greater than 10.9 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 6.2-10.9 V
- Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 7 (without UV6) or terminal 8 (with UV6) and B+.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator Status parameter On and Off with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair
- «Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Frontview Camera Module and Active Safety Control Module replacement, programming, and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptor
For symptom byte information, refer to Symptom Byte List .
The frontview camera module permanently monitors the serial data bus for error messages. When a malfunction is detected by the frontview camera module, the system will be disabled and an error message will be stored in the frontview camera module disable history buffer which is used to store information about the front camera features that are disabled.
- Ignition ON
- Frontview camera enabled
The frontview camera module detects a malfunction.
- The frontview camera module is disabled.
- The frontview camera module disable history buffer stores information why the system was disabled.
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
The frontview camera module disable history buffers are used to store information about the frontview camera module features that are disabled. The buffers will only update if the disable condition changes.
For example, if the data received from the steering wheel angle sensor is Invalid across many ignition cycles, it will only appear in one history buffer and not all history buffers. If the condition is the current reason why the frontview camera module is disabled, it will be identified in the Frontview Camera Disable History 1 parameter. If a new disable condition occurs, such as vehicle speed validity is invalid, the invalid steering wheel angle sensor fault will shift into the Frontview Camera Disable History 2 parameter and vehicle speed validity invalid will be in Frontview Camera Disable History 1 parameter. Since there are only four disable history buffers, the invalid steering wheel angle sensor will be cleared from the disable buffer if four other disable reasons occur since the last invalid steering wheel angle sensor event occurred. The Frontview Camera Disable History 1 parameter contains the current reason that one of the frontview camera module features is disabled.
The Frontview Camera Disable History parameters can display the following values
- Lane Departure Warning Indicator Malfunction
- Lane Departure Warning Switch Malfunction
- Camera Obstructed
- Accelerator Pedal Position Out of Range
- Driven Wheel Speed Signal Invalid
- Non-Driven Wheel Speed Signal Invalid
- Brake Pedal Moderate Travel Signal Invalid
- Brake Pedal Initial Travel Position Achieved
- Lost Communication with Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Module
- Invalid Data Received From Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Module
- Forward Collision Alert Switch Malfunction
- Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor Performance
- Transmission Gear Engaged
- Acceleration Sensor Longitudinal Signal
- Invalid Data Received From Yaw Rate Sensor Module
- Power Mode Controlled by Backup Device
- System Power Mode
- Overvoltage
- Undervoltage
- Undefined
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that no other DTCs are set except for DTC B1011. If any other DTCs are set Diagnose this first. Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If no other DTCs are set
- Verify the scan tool Frontview Camera Disable History 1 parameter indicates no current malfunction. If a current malfunction is indicated Diagnose the system that sets the malfunction. Refer to Diagnostic Aids. If no current malfunction is indicated
- Verify the scan tool Frontview Camera System Status parameter is Normal. If not Normal Refer to «Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) . If Normal
- Verify the scan tool Frontview Camera Calibration Status parameter is Calibrated. If not Calibrated Calibrate the Frontview Camera Module. Refer to «Front View Camera Module Calibration»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) . If Calibrated
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for frontview camera module replacement, programming, and setup
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
When the ignition is turned ON, the parking assist control module, frontview camera module, radar sensor modules and active safety control module receive the vehicle identification number (VIN) from the body control module. The modules will compare the VIN received to the VIN stored in memory.
Ignition voltage is between 9-16 V.
The stored VIN does not match the received VIN.
- The parking assist system, lane departure warning system, forward collision alert system, and/or active safety system is disabled.
- The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST or SERVICE LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM or SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST.
The stored VIN matches the VIN stored in the body control module.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify DTC B1015 is not. If DTC B1015 is set Program the control module the DTC originally set in. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC is sets, replace the control module the DTC set in. If the DTC does not set All OK If DTC B1015 is not set
- All OK
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair
Control Module References for the parking assist control module, frontview camera module, radar sensor module, or active safety control module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
For symptom byte information, refer to Symptom Byte List .
The internal fault detection is handled inside the pedestrian impact detection module. The symptom byte information is for engineering reference only. No external circuit diagnosis is involved.
- The device runs the program to detect an internal fault when power up is commanded. The only requirements are voltage and ground. This program runs even if the voltage is out of the valid operating range.
- The keyless entry control module will set this DTC with symptom byte 39 when the keyless entry control module antenna is activated.
The device has detected an internal malfunction.
The device refuses all additional inputs.
- A current DTC clears when the malfunction is no longer present.
- A history DTC clears when the device ignition cycle counter reaches the reset threshold of 50, without a repeat of the malfunction.
- This DTC may be stored as a history DTC without affecting the operation of the device.
- Do not replace the pedestrian impact detection module based only on DTC B101D being set in history.
- If DTC B101D is set as current, replace the appropriate device.
Schematic Reference
- «Data Communication Schematics»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#data-communication-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references)
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify DTC B101D is not set. If DTC B101D is set Replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Module. If DTC B101D is not set
- All OK
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for device replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
For symptom byte information, refer to Symptom Byte List .
Some devices must be configured with specific software, serial numbers, vehicle options, or other information. If a device was not properly configured after installation that module may set DTC B101E. The symptom byte information is for engineering reference only. No external circuit diagnosis is involved.
Battery voltage is between 9-16 V and data link communications operate normally.
The device is not configured properly.
- A current DTC clears when the malfunction is no longer present.
- A history DTC clears when the device ignition cycle counter reaches the reset threshold, without a repeat of the malfunction.
Schematic Reference
- «Data Communication Schematics»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#data-communication-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references)
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify DTC B101E is not set. If DTC B101E is set Replace the K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Module. If DTC B101E is not set
- All OK
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for device replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Ignition | 1 | B127B 2B | ||
| Backup Signal | 1 | B127B 2B | 2 | |
| Camera Module signal + | 1 | 1 | 1 | |
| Camera Module signal | 3 | B127B 2B | 1 | |
| Ground | B127B 2B | |||
| Shield | 3 | B127B 2B | 3 | |
| 1. Rear Vision Camera Malfunction 2. Rear Vision Camera image always displayed 3. Poor Quality Image | ||||
When the vehicle is placed in reverse with the engine running, a voltage signal is sent to the rearview camera to turn on and send a video signal to the Human Machine Interface Control Module. If the Human Machine Interface Control Module does not see a signal from the camera it will set B127B 2B and display "Service Rear Vision System".
The vehicle must be in reverse with the engine running.
B127B 2B
Signal from the rearview camera not received by the Human Machine Interface Control Module for 2.5s.
- The Human Machine Interface Control Module commands the driver information center to display "Service Rear Vision System".
- The HumanMachine Interface Control Module stores the DTC in memory.
- The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
- A history DTC will clear once 40 malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that DTC B2545 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B2545»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b0655-to-dtc-b388d) . If the DTC is not set
- Verify the rearview camera has no debris on the lens and that the bezel and bezel seal are not damaged. If debris are found on the lens Clean the lens. If the lens, bezel, or bezel seal are damaged, replace as necessary. If no debris on the lens
- Ignition ON, transmission in R.
- Verify the backup lamps are illuminated. If the backup lamps are not illuminated Refer to «Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the backup lamps are illuminated
- Engine running, transmission in R.
- Verify a clear rear vision image is displayed on the P17 Info Display Module. If a clear image is not displayed Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If a clear image is displayed
- All OK.
Note. Circuit/System Verification must be performed before Circuit/System Testing. Under normal operating conditions the Human Machine Interface Control Module will become very hot. The module should be allowed to cool down prior to removal for any service procedure.
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B87 Rearview Camera.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 6 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is OK and there is voltage at the fuse. Refer to «Power Mode Mismatch»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the B87 Rearview Camera. If the test lamp illuminates
- Engine running, park brake applied, transmission in R.
- Test for greater than 11 V between the control circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than 11 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 Body Control Module. If greater than 11 V
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground: B87 Rearview Camera signal (+) circuit terminal 1 B87 Rearview Camera signal (-) circuit terminal 4 If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V
- Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground: B87 Rearview Camera signal (+) circuit terminal 1 B87 Rearview Camera signal (-) circuit terminal 4 If less than infinite resistance Repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance
- Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal (+) circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal (-) circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater Test the signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If less than 2 ohms
- Replace the B87 Rearview Camera.
- Engine running, transmission in R, verify a clear rear vision image is displayed on the P17 Info Display Module. If a clear rear vision image is not displayed Replace the K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module. If a clear rear vision image is displayed
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Body Control Module and Human Machine Interface Control Module replacement, programming, and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8 V Reference | B1405 02 | B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 03 | B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 07 | |
| Left Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0958 06 | B0958 06 | B0958 01 | B0958 08, B0958 21 |
| Left Middle Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0959 06 | B0959 06 | B0959 01 | B0959 08, B0959 21 |
| Right Middle Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0960 06 | B0960 06 | B0960 01 | B0960 08, B0960 21 |
| Right Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0961 06 | B0961 06 | B0961 01 | B0961 08, B0961 21 |
| Low Reference | B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, B0961 01 |
The object sensors are 3-wire sensors that are used to determine the distance between the vehicle and an object of interest. The front and rear parking assist control module supplies 8 V to the object sensors via the object sensor supply voltage circuit and provides ground via the object sensor low reference circuit. The front and rear parking assist control module triggers the sensors in a sequential loop. After each sensor transmits, the front and rear parking assist control module uses the sensor echo received through the object sensor signal circuit to calculate the distance and position of an object.
- Ignition ON, engine RUNNING
- Transmission in REVERSE
B1405 02
The rear parking assist control module has detected the object sensor supply voltage circuit is shorted to ground.
B1405 03
The rear parking assist control module has detected the object sensor supply voltage circuit is less than 7.2 V.
B1405 07
The rear parking assist control module has detected the object sensor supply voltage circuit is greater than 9.2 V.
- The parking assist system is disabled.
- The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST.
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON, engine running, transmission in R.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Sensor Reference Voltage parameter is between 7.2-9.2 V. If Park Assist Sensor Reference Voltage is not between 7.2-9.2 V Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Park Assist Sensor Reference Voltage is between 7.2-9.2 V
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K41R Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the 8 V reference circuit terminal 4 and ground. If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V
- Ignition OFF.
- Test for infinite resistance between the 8 V reference circuit terminal 4 and ground. If less than infinite resistance Repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance
- Replace the K41R Rear Parking Assist Control Module.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for rear parking assist control module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8 V Reference | B1405 02 | B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, B0957 06, B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 03 | B0954 06, B0955 06, B0956 06, B0957 06, B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, B0961 06, B1405 07 | |
| Left Front Object Sensor Signal | B0954 06 | B0954 06 | B0954 01 | B0954 08, B0954 21 |
| Left Middle Front Object Sensor Signal | B0955 06 | B0955 06 | B0955 01 | B0955 08, B0955 21 |
| Right Middle Front Object Sensor Signal | B0956 06 | B0956 06 | B0956 01 | B0956 08, B0956 21 |
| Right Front Object Sensor Signal | B0957 06 | B0957 06 | B0957 01 | B0957 08, B0957 21 |
| Left Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0958 06 | B0958 06 | B0958 01 | B0958 08, B0958 21 |
| Left Middle Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0959 06 | B0959 06 | B0959 01 | B0959 08, B0959 21 |
| Right Middle Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0960 06 | B0960 06 | B0960 01 | B0960 08, B0960 21 |
| Right Rear Object Sensor Signal | B0961 06 | B0961 06 | B0961 01 | B0961 08, B0961 21 |
| Low Reference | B0954 01, B0955 01, B0956 01, B0957 01, B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, B0961 01 |
The object sensors are 3-wire sensors that are used to determine the distance between the vehicle and an object of interest. The parking assist control module supplies 8 V to the object sensors via the object sensor supply voltage circuit and provides ground via the object sensor low reference circuit. The parking assist control module triggers the sensors in a sequential loop. After each sensor transmits, the parking assist control module uses the sensor echo received through the object sensor signal circuit to calculate the distance and position of an object.
- Ignition ON, engine RUNNING
- Transmission in REVERSE
B1405 02
The parking assist control module has detected the object sensor supply voltage circuit is shorted to ground.
B1405 03
The parking assist control module has detected the object sensor supply voltage circuit is less than 7.2 V.
B1405 07
The parking assist control module has detected the object sensor supply voltage circuit is greater than 9.2 V.
- The parking assist is disabled.
- The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST.
The condition for setting the DTC is no longer present.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON, engine running, transmission in R.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Sensor Reference Voltage parameter is between 7.2-9.2 V. If Park Assist Sensor Reference Voltage is not between 7.2-9.2 V Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Park Assist Sensor Reference Voltage is between 7.2-9.2V
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF, disconnect X2 and X3 harness connectors at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the 8 V reference circuit terminals listed below and ground. Terminal 4 X2 Terminal 1 X3 If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V
- Ignition OFF.
- Test for infinite resistance between 8V reference circuit terminals listed below and ground. Terminal 4 X2 Terminal 1 X3 If less than infinite resistance Repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance
- Replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for parking assist control module replacement, programming and setup
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Left Rear Haptic Alert Motor Control | B172E 02 | B172E 01 or B172E 02 | B172E 01 | |
| Left Rear Haptic Alert Motor Ground | B172E 01 or B172E 02 | |||
| Right Rear Haptic Alert Motor Control | B172F 02 | B172F 01 or B172F 02 | B172F 01 | |
| Right Rear Haptic Alert Motor Ground | B172F 01 or B172F 02 |
The haptic seats, also known as Active Safety Seats, provide a vibration to alert the driver in certain circumstances. There are two motors in the driver's seat cushion. Either the right or left motor can run or both depending on the alert. The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver provides the output voltage for the motors. The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver receives serial data requests from other modules to activate the appropriate seat motors with the number of pulses requested. While the motors are activated, the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver checks for either shorts to voltage or shorts to ground. Due to the nature of the PWM signal, if a motor circuit is open, it may be reported as either a short to voltage or short to ground.
- Engine ON.
- Haptic seat motor commanded ON.
DTC B172E 01
The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver has detected a short to voltage in the P45LR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear circuit.
DTC B172E 02
The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver has detected a short to ground in the P45LR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear circuit.
DTC B172F 01
The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver has detected a short to voltage in the P45RR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear circuit.
DTC B172F 02
The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver has detected a short to ground in the P45RR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear circuit.
Alerts will be communicated with beeps.
- The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
- A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
The infotainment personalization menu allows the user to set alerts to be either haptic through the seats or audio beeps through the radio. Refer to the Owner's Manual to verify this setting.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the P45LR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Left Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the motor functions
- Verify the P45RR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Right Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the motor functions
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X5 harness connector at the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground: Terminal 4 - P45RR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear Terminal 5 - P45LR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for 27-51 ohms between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground: Terminal 4 - P45RR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear Terminal 5 - P45LR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear If less than 27 ohms Test or replace the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver. If greater than 51 ohms Verify the circuit ground connection is clean and secure. If the ground connector is not clean or secure, repair as necessary. If the circuit ground connection is clean and secure Replace the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver. If between 27-51 ohms
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and B+. Terminal 4 - P45RR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear Terminal 5 - P45LR Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear
- Verify the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver turns on and off. If the P45 Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver does not turn on and off Replace the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver. If the P45 Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver turn on and off
- Ignition OFF, connect the harness connector at the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver, ignition ON.
- Verify the P45LR Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Left Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Replace the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver. If the motor functions
- Verify the P45RR Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Right Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Replace the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver. If the motor functions
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Front Seat Lane Departure Warning Actuator Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) - seat haptic movement motor - driver replacement.
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for seat memory control module - driver replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Signal | B356A 02 | 1 | B356A 05 | |
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Ground | 1 | 1 | ||
| 1. Lane Departure Warning Malfunction | ||||
The lane departure warning system is controlled by the Frontview Camera Module mounted on the windshield. Lane departure warning is enabled and disabled through a switch located in the instrument panel. When enabled, the Frontview Camera Module will illuminate the indicator located in the switch.
When the system is operating and can detect the lane markings, the Frontview Camera Module will request via serial data communications that the instrument panel cluster illuminate the green lane departure ready-to-assist indicator. If the Frontview Camera Module detects that the vehicle has crossed a lane marking without the turn signal being used, the module will request that the Instrument Cluster flash the yellow lane departure warning indicator. An audible warning may also sound three times or the haptic seat (if equipped) may pulse when the yellow Instrument Cluster indicator is flashing. The driver can select between audible or haptic alerts in the vehicle personalization menu. See the Owner's Manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization.
Ignition ON.
DTC B356A 02
The Frontview Camera Module has detected a short to ground for more than 10 s.
DTC B356A 05
The Frontview Camera Module has detected a short to voltage or an open/high resistance for more than 10 s.
- Lane departure warning is disabled.
- Service Lane Departure is displayed on the driver information center.
- The condition responsible for setting the DTC no longer exists.
- A history DTC will clear once 100 consecutive malfunction-free ignition cycles have occurred.
Manually depressing the Lane Departure Warning Switch for an extended length of time will cause this DTC to set.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Status parameter changes between On and Off while cycling the Lane Departure Warning Switch. If the parameter does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the parameter changes
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Status parameter is Off. If not Off Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. Test for infinite resistance between the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel signal circuit terminal 7 (with UV6) or terminal 6 (without UV6) and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If Off
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 7 (with UV6) or terminal 6 (without UV6) and ground circuit terminal 5.
- Verify within 10 s the scan tool Vehicle Direction Warning Switch Status parameter is On. If not On Ignition OFF, disconnect harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. Ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 6 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V. Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If On
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Frontview Camera Module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
The B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range can set this code if it determines there is a fault due to the reason listed in the symptom byte.
The module continually runs the program to detect faults.
The control module has detected a malfunction.
The control module will not function and the Active Safety System will be inoperative.
- A current DTC clears when the malfunction is no longer present. Clearing DTC B390A 58 will require driving the vehicle to a speed greater than 9 km/h (6 mph).
- A history DTC clears when the control module ignition cycle counter reaches the reset threshold of 50, without a repeat of the malfunction.
- If DTC B390A 58 is set, check for anything that can interfere with the radar signal. Verify area in front of radar is clean of mud, ice, snow, etc. Also verify the fascia panels in front of the radar are damage-free and not obstructed by any add-on accessories such as emblems, etc.
- Once the vehicle fascia is clean, unobstructed, and damage free, and B390A 58 is still active, it means radar sensor has declared a blockage condition and has not been able to clear it until certain conditions are met. It is necessary to test drive the vehicle to a speed greater than 9 km/h (6 mph) and allow the radar sensor to be exposed to other vehicles and traffic in the direction of the radar sensor field of view. Usually, a short drive in real life conditions will allow the radar sensor to clear the B390A 58 blockage condition.
- The B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range modules cannot be swapped from side to side once they have been installed. Failure type byte 67 can occur if a module is reinstalled on the incorrect side of the vehicle.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that B390A 08 or B390A 45 is not set. If either DTC is set Program the appropriate B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets, replace the appropriate B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range. If the DTC does not set All OK. If DTC is not set
- Verify that B390A 54 is not set. If DTC is set Replace the appropriate B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range. If the DTC is not set
- Verify that B390A 58 is not set. If DTC is set Verify the area in front of the sensor is clean, unobstructed, and damage-free. If not clean, unobstructed, and damage-free, clean or repair as necessary. NOTE: After correcting the problem, it may be necessary to drive the vehicle to clear the DTC. Refer to Diagnostic Aids. If clean, unobstructed, and damage-free, replace the appropriate B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range. If DTC is not set
- Verify that B390A 67 is not set. If DTC is set in both modules Verify modules have not been swapped side to side. If modules have been swapped, swap them back. if modules have not been swapped or DTC persists, refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC is set in one module Refer to Circuit/System Testing If DTC is not set
- All OK.
Note. Perform Circuit/System Verification before beginning Circuit/System Testing.
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the following ground circuit terminals and ground. B233LF Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Left Front, terminal 4 B233RF Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Right Front, terminal 3 If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the appropriate ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Replace the appropriate B233 Radar Sensor Module - Short Range
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for radar sensor module - short range replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
The B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range could not auto align properly as a result of the module being out of position. After alignment calibration process has begun, the B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range will attempt to align itself for approximately 30 minutes of driving time.
- Module alignment procedure started.
- Vehicle operating on the road.
The module was unable to complete alignment process within approximately 30 minutes of drive time.
- The module is disabled.
- Active Safety System is disabled.
- Service Driver Assist displayed on the driver information center and/or heads up display.
The module is successfully aligned.
- The B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range needs to be securely mounted. Verify it is secured properly in it's mount.
- The B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range can be aligned on the same alignment drive as the K109 Frontview Camera Module.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify there are no DTCs set, except for DTC B101E 4B in the B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range or K109 Frontview Camera Module. If other DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If no other DTCs are set Perform the calibration procedure. Refer to «Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Calibration»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system__radar-sensor-module-long-range) .
- Verify DTC B390C 66 is not set If DTC B390C 66 is set Replace and calibrate the B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Range. If DTC B390C 66 is not set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for radar sensor module - long range replacement, programming, and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
The frontview camera module has determined that it is not properly mounted.
Vehicle operating on the road.
The frontview camera module was unable to see the road ahead.
- The frontview camera module is disabled.
- The Active Safety System is disabled.
- Service Driver Assist is displayed on the driver information center and/or heads up display.
The frontview camera module is successfully aligned.
- The frontview camera module needs to be securely mounted. Verify it is secured properly in it's mount.
- The frontview camera module needs to have a clear field of vision to the road ahead. Check for anything that can impair the camera's vision.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify there are no DTCs set, except for DTC B101E 4B in the B233B Radar Sensor Module - Long Rage or K109 Frontview Camera Module. If other DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If no other DTCs are set
- Perform the calibration procedure. Refer to «Front View Camera Module Calibration»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) .
- Verify DTC B390D 66 is not set If DTC B390D 66 is set Replace and calibrate the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If DTC B390D 66 is not set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for frontview camera module replacement, programming, and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
The active safety control module is constantly sending a serial data message to the engine control module requesting engine speed or torque reduction. The engine control module sets DTC P15F6 when it detects a discrepancy in the structure of the message causing the integrity of the message to be questioned. An intermittent fault in the serial data circuits will cause the engine control module to set DTC P15F6.
Engine running.
The engine control module detects that the engine speed and torque modification messages from the active safety control module are either corrupted or intermittently missing.
- The active safety control module sends a serial data message to display the appropriate indicator message
- The active safety control module features are unavailable.
- The condition for the DTC is no longer present.
- The engine control module clears the history DTC when a current DTC is not detected in 40 consecutive drive cycles.
This is an informational DTC set by the engine control module. It is set to provide an indication that the active safety control module will not be able to perform as intended. Diagnose any other DTCs first.
Note. During normal diagnostic and/or repair verification technicians may find that a "Service Driver Assist System" message may be displayed by the active safety control module. Do not replace the active safety control module for this condition.
If the Service Driver Assist System message is on with no DTCs set, perform the following steps
- Remove the key from the ignition, open and close the driver's door to turn off retained accessory power, and wait 60 seconds.
- Ignition ON, if the Service Driver Assist message is still present, operate the vehicle at speeds greater than 15 km/h (10 mph) to complete the self test. The active safety control module should request the message to turn OFF.
- If the telltales remain ON with no DTCs set after the drive cycle, disconnect the battery for at least 60 seconds then reconnect the battery.
- Operate the vehicle at speeds greater than 40 km/h (25 mph), the active safety control module should request all telltale indicators to turn OFF.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Note. DTC P15F6 is an informational DTC. Diagnose all other K20 Engine Control Module DTCs prior to DTC P15F6.
- Verify there are no other K20 Engine Control Module or communication DTCs set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If a DTC is not set
- Complete the diagnosis by looking for an intermittent serial data circuit fault. Refer to «Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#data-communication-system) . If an intermittent serial data circuit fault is found Repair as necessary. If an intermittent serial circuit fault is not found
- Clear DTCs and operate the vehicle in the conditions that the customer experienced.
- Verify DTC P15F6 does not set. If the DTC sets Replace K124 Active Safety Control Module If the DTC does not set
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for active safety control module replacement, programming, and setup.
Symptoms - Object Detection
Note. The following steps must be completed before using the symptom tables
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) before using the Symptom Tables in order to verify that all of the following are true: There are no DTCs set. The control modules can communicate via the serial data link. Note: The rear vision camera does not communicate on the serial data bus.
- Review the system operation in order to familiarize yourself with the system functions. Refer to «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system__object-detection-description-and-operation-with) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system__object-detection-description-and-operation-with) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system__object-detection-description-and-operation-with) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system__object-detection-description-and-operation-with) .
Visual/Physical Inspection
- Inspect for aftermarket devices which may affect the operation of the system. Refer to «Checking Aftermarket Accessories»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__checking-aftermarket-accessories) .
- Inspect the easily accessible or visible system components for obvious damage or conditions which may cause the symptom.
- This system can use various sensors that need to be clean in order to function properly. Make sure to check the following sensors for obstructions: parking assist sensors located in the front and rear bumper covers. rear vision camera lens. front camera line of vision. side object sensor module areas at sides of rear bumper fascia.
Intermittent
Faulty electrical connections or wiring may be the cause of intermittent conditions. Refer to Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections .
Symptom List
- «Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Parking Assist System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Rear Cross Traffic Alert System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Side Blind Spot Alert System Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
The haptic seats, also known as Active Safety Seats, provide a vibration to alert the driver in certain circumstances. There are two motors in the driver's seat cushion. Either the right or left motor can run or both depending on the alert. The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver provides the output voltage for the motors. The K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver receives serial data requests from other modules to activate the appropriate seat motors with the number of pulses requested. While the motors are activated, the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver checks for either shorts to voltage or shorts to ground. Due to the nature of the PWM signal, if a motor circuit is open, it may be reported as either a short to voltage or short to ground.
The infotainment personalization menu allows the user to set alerts to be either haptic through the seats or audio beeps through the radio. Refer to the Owner's Manual to verify this setting.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the P45LR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Left Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the motor functions
- Verify the P45RR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Right Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the motor functions
- All OK.
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X6 harness connector at the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground: Terminal 4 - P45RR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear Terminal 5 - P45LR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for 27-51 ohms between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and ground: Terminal 4 - P45RR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear Terminal 5 - P45LR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear If less than 27 ohms Test or replace the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver. If greater than 51 ohms Verify the circuit ground connection is clean and secure. If the ground connector is not clean or secure, repair as necessary. If the circuit ground connection is clean and secure Replace the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver. If between 27-51 ohms
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the appropriate control circuit terminal listed below and B+. Terminal 4 - P45RR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear Terminal 5 - P45LR Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear
- Verify the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver turns on and off. If the P45 Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver does not turn on and off Replace the appropriate P45 Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver. If the P45 Seat Haptic Signal Motor - Driver turn on and off
- Ignition OFF, connect the harness connector at the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver, ignition ON.
- Verify the P45LR Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Left Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Replace the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver. If the motor functions
- Verify the P45RR Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear turns on and off when commanding the Driver Seat Cushion Right Rear Haptic Movement On and Off with a scan tool. If the motor does not function Replace the K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver. If the motor functions
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Front Seat Lane Departure Warning Actuator Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) - seat haptic movement motor - driver replacement.
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for K40D Seat Memory Control Module - Driver replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Forward Collision Alert Indicators Ignition | 1 | 1 | ||
| Forward Collision Alert Switch Signal | P0580, P0592 | P0592 | P0593 | |
| Forward Collision Alert Switch Dimming Control | 3 | 3 | 3 | |
| Forward Collision Alert Indicators Control | 2 | 1 | 1 | |
| Forward Collision Alert Indicators Ground | 1 | |||
| 1. Forward Collision Alert Indicators inoperable 2. Forward Collision Alert Indicators on all the time 3. Forward Collision Alert Indicator dimming malfunction | ||||
The forward collision alert system is controlled by the frontview camera module mounted on the windshield. The system is designed to detect vehicles directly ahead, within a distance of approximately 60 meters (197 ft). The forward collision alert system operates at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). When the system detects a vehicle in the path ahead, the green vehicle ahead alert indicator in the driver information center is illuminated. When approaching another vehicle too rapidly, the collision alert symbol will flash and the radio will beep or the haptic seat will pulse, depending on user configuration. The red collision alert display will stay continuously illuminated if the vehicle ahead remains much too close. These actions are requested by the frontview camera module via serial data. The forward collision alert switch is part of the left steering wheel controls and is used to adjust the timing sensitivity of the front collision alert system.
Certain factors will affect the operation of the forward collision alert system. Forward collision alert is intended to detect vehicles. It is not intended to warn the driver of any objects that are not detected as a vehicle such as pedestrians, animals, signs, guard rails, bridges, construction barrels or other stationary or slow moving objects. In few cases the camera may inadvertently detect a vehicle that is not in the path ahead, or the system may occasionally provide unrealistic alerts. This could occur with a turning vehicle ahead, guard rails, traffic signs, or other stationary objects. This is normal operation, the vehicle does not need service. When the system is operating properly, the green vehicle ahead alert indicator will illuminate on the vehicle direction display when the system detects a vehicle in the path ahead. This indicates that all of the required operating conditions are met. The green vehicle ahead alert indicator will not appear when the system is having difficulty seeing other vehicles on the road. This can occur if the front view camera is blocked with mud, dirt, snow, ice, slush, if the windshield is damaged, or when weather limits visibility, such as while driving in fog, rain, or snow conditions. This is normal operation, the vehicle does not need service.
Additionally, the Front View Camera Disable History can give useful hints about what affected the operation of the forward collision alert system. For the Front View Camera Disable History, refer to DTC B1011 .
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Note. Refer to Diagnostic Aids before performing Circuit/System Verification.
Without Active Safety System, UGN
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Forward Collision Alert Function Status parameter is not Malfunction. If the parameter is Malfunction Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Frontview Camera Module Malfunction If parameter is not Malfunction
- Verify the forward collision alert indicators illuminate momentarily when turning ignition OFF and then ON. If the indicators do not illuminate Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Forward Collision Alert Indicator Malfunction If the indicators illuminate
- Verify the driver information center forward collision alert distance indicator toggles between far, medium, near and off. If the setting does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Forward Collision Alert Switch Malfunction. If the setting changes
- Verify the area of the K109 Frontview Camera Module is not contaminated. If contaminated Clean the windshield If not contaminated
- All OK.
With Active Safety System, UGN
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the forward collision alert indicators illuminate momentarily when turning ignition OFF and then ON. If the indicators do not illuminate Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Forward Collision Alert Indicator Malfunction If the indicators illuminate
- Verify the driver information center forward collision alert distance indicator toggles between far, medium, near and off. If the setting does not change Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Forward Collision Alert Switch Malfunction. If the setting changes
- Verify the area of the K109 Frontview Camera Module is not contaminated. If contaminated Clean the windshield If not contaminated
- All OK.
Note. Perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
Frontview Camera Module Malfunction without Active Safety System, UGN
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 1 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 3 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If the test lamp illuminates
- Replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module.
Frontview Camera Module Malfunction with Active Safety System, UGN
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 2 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If the test lamp illuminates
- Replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module.
Forward Collision Alert Indicator Malfunction
- Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the P43 Collision Alert Indicators. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 4 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 1 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, refer to «Power Mode Mismatch»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the P43 Collision Alert Indicators. If the test lamp illuminates
- Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 2 and the ignition circuit terminal 1.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Instrument Cluster All Indicators On and Off with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the P16 Instrument Cluster, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the P16 Instrument Cluster. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the P16 Instrument Cluster. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the P16 Instrument Cluster. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the P43 Collision Alert Indicators.
Forward Collision Alert Switch Malfunction
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminals listed below and ground: Terminal 4 Terminal 16 If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the signal circuit. If less than 1 V
- Ignition OFF.
- Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminals listed below and ground: Terminal 4 Terminal 16 If less than infinite resistance Repair the short to ground on the signal circuit. If infinite resistance
- Test for 7.0k - 10.5k ohms between signal circuit terminals 4 and signal circuit terminal 16. If greater than 10.5k ohms Disconnect the harness connector at the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. Test for less than 5 ohms between the circuit terminals listed below: S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left terminal 8 and K9 Body Control Module terminal 4. S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left terminal 9 and K9 Body Control Module terminal 16. If greater than 5 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 5 ohms, test or replace the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. If less than 7.0k ohms Disconnect the harness connector at the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. Verify infinite resistance between signal circuit terminals 4 and signal circuit terminal 16 If less than infinite resistance, repair short in circuit. If infinite resistance, test or replace the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. If between 7.0k - 10.5k ohms
- Test for 2.1k - 3.2k ohms between signal circuit terminals 4 and signal circuit terminal 16 while pressing forward collision alert switch. If not between 2.1k - 3.2k ohms Test or replace the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. If between 2.1k - 3.2k ohms
- Replace the K9 Body Control Module.
Forward Collision Alert Switch
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left.
- Test for 7.0k-10.5k ohms between the control terminal 8 and the signal circuit terminal 9. If not between 7.0k-10.5k ohms Replace the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. If between 7.0k-10.5k ohms
- Test for 2.1k-3.1k ohms between the control terminal 8 and the signal circuit terminal 9 while pressing the switch. If not between 2.1k-3.1k ohms Replace the S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left. If between 2.1k-3.1k ohms
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Cruise Control Switch Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/cruise-control-systems/#cruise-control-system) - Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left replacement.
- «Forward Collision Alert Display Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for frontview camera module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Parking Assist Switch Indicator Ignition | B0968 06, 2 | B0968 06, 2 | ||
| Parking Assist Switch Signal | B0967 02, 1 | 1 | ||
| Parking Assist Switch Indicator Control | B0968 06, 2 | B0968 06,2 | B0968 01, B0968 0B | |
| Parking Assist Switch Ground | 1 | |||
| 1. Parking Assist Switch Malfunction 2. Parking Assist Indicator Malfunction | ||||
The parking assist system is enabled and disabled through the parking assist switch. When enabled, the parking assist indicator will illuminate.
For vehicles without UGN, the switch and indicator are connected to the Parking Assist Control Module. The Parking Assist Control Module supplies a reference voltage to the parking assist switch. When the switch is pressed, the signal circuit is grounded. The Parking Assist Control Module can control the Park Assist Indicator by grounding the control circuit to illuminate the LED which indicates that the system is enabled.
With UGN, the indicator and switch are connected to the Active Safety Control Module. The Active Safety Control Module receives input from several modules including the Parking Assist Control Module to provide additional features. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America) for additional information on UGN. A malfunction in with the UGN system may also disable parking assist. The parking assist alerts and DTCs are from the Parking Assist Control Module with the exception of the indicator DTCs which are sent by the Active Safety Control Module. There are no switch DTCs for vehicles with the Active Safety Control Module.
The Parking Assist Control Module supplies an 8V reference voltage and a low reference to the object sensors. The sensors will return a signal based on the reflections from objects within range of the sensors.
When an object is detected, the Parking Assist Control Module will send serial data to the radio and memory seat module to provide either an audible alert or haptic feedback through the Active Safety Seat. The driver can select between audible or haptic alerts in the vehicle personalization menu.
For vehicles with UGN, the parking assist feature can be disabled if the Active Safety Control Module detected a problem in the active safety system. Check the Active Safety Control Module for DTCs.
The scan tool Park Assist Disable History parameters are a list of the seven previous reasons the parking assist system was disabled. These parameters may help in the diagnosis of an intermittent concern or a customer concern which is the result of normal system operation. The following is a brief description of potential causes which may aid in diagnosis
- Manual Disable - The parking assist system has been disabled through the parking assist switch or audio system personalization menu.
- Hitch/Object Attached - The parking assist control module is detecting an object that is attached to the vehicle. Common items such as a hitch receiver, trailer, or a bicycle rack may cause this concern. Additionally, damage to the rear of the vehicle or a misaligned sensor may cause this concern. If the vehicle is damaged in a manner that causes the sensor to detect the bumper itself, the parking assist control module will interpret this as an attached object and disable the system. Carefully inspect the bumper, bumper mounting surface, and sensor retainers before continuing with normal diagnosis. After the detected cause has been addressed the vehicle must be driven at speed greater than 40 km/h (25 mph).
- Reverse Overspeed - The vehicle is travelling too fast in reverse at speeds of greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
- Inhibit - The parking assist control module has lost or received invalid GMLAN signal(s).
- Sensor Disturbance - An outside interference is causing sensor movement. Such interference may be caused a heavy pounding, like that of a nearby jackhammer, or large changes in pressure, such as a large truck air brakes.
- Sensor Ring Time - If the sensor fails its own diagnostic initialization the parking assist control module will set this error. After the detected cause has been addressed the vehicle must be driven at speed greater than 40 km/h (25 mph). The following is a list of reasons this cause may have set: One or more of the sensors may be blocked by snow, mud, ice, or other debris. This might happen after going through a car wash in cold weather. Silicone insulator surrounding sensor maybe missing, cut, or twisted. Improperly installed sensor, sensor maybe be crooked due to a tight wire harness. One or more of the sensors may be scratched or the paint maybe chipped. Excessive paint thickness on a sensor may cause an excessive sensor ring time. When replacing or refinishing a sensor, do not apply an excessive amount of paint or clear coat.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information.
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter while pressing and releasing the parking assist switch. The parameter should change between Active and Inactive. If the parameter does not change between Active and Inactive Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Parking Assist Switch Circuit Malfunction. If the parameter changes between Active and Inactive
- Command the Park Assist Switch LED output control On and Off with the scan tool. The parking assist switch indicator should turn On and Off when changing between the commanded states. If the indicator does not turn ON and OFF Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Parking Assist Switch Indicator Circuit Malfunction. If the indicator does turn ON and OFF
- Transmission in R, verify the Engine Control Module (ECM) scan tool Reverse Position Switch parameter is Active. If the parameter is not Active Refer to «Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the parameter is Active
- Transmission in R, verify the scan tool Park Assist System Status parameter displays Enable. If the parameter is not Enabled Refer to Diagnostic Aids to determine the cause. If the parameter is Enabled
- All OK.
Parking Assist Switch Circuit Malfunction
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Parking Assist Switch Status parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit terminal 8 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If Inactive
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 8 and the ground circuit terminal 5.
- Verify the scan tool Parking Assist Switch Status parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If Active
- Replace S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel.
Parking Assist Switch Indicator Circuit Malfunction
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel, Ignition ON.
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 1 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms , replace the K9 Body Control Module. If the test lamp illuminates
- Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 2 and the ignition circuit terminal 1.
- Verify the lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Park Assist Switch Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- All OK.
Parking Assist Switch Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter is Inactive. If not Inactive Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector X1 at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 11 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If Inactive
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 11 and the ground circuit terminal 5.
- Verify the scan tool Park Assist Switch parameter is Active. If not Active Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If Active
- Test or replace the S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel.
Parking Assist Switch Indicator Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Ignition ON, interior dimming set to full bright.
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the control circuit terminal 2 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp illuminates
- Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 2 and the control circuit terminal 3.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Parking Assist Switch Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for front and rear parking assist, active safety or body control module replacement, programming and setup.
Pedestrian Impact Detection System Disabling and Enabling
There are several reasons for disabling the pedestrian impact detection system (PIDS), such as repairs to the system or servicing a component near or attached to a PIDS component. There are several ways to disable the PIDS depending on what type of service is being performed. The following information covers the proper procedures for disabling/enabling the pedestrian impact detection system (PIDS).
| Condition | Action |
|---|---|
| If the vehicle was involved in an accident with a hinge deployment. | Disconnect the negative battery cable(s). Refer to Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision . |
| When performing PIDS diagnostics. | Follow the appropriate PIDS service manual diagnostic procedure(s) |
| When removing or replacing a PIDS component or a component attached to a PIDS component. | Disconnect the negative battery cable(s) |
| If the vehicle is suspected of having shorted electrical wires. | Disconnect the negative battery cable(s) |
| When performing electrical diagnosis on components other than the PIDS. | Remove the PIDS fuse(s) when indicated by the diagnostic procedure to disable the system |
Pedestrian Impact Detection System (PIDS) Service Precautions
| WARNING | When performing service on or near the pedestrian impact detection system (PIDS) components or the PIDS wiring, the PIDS must be disabled. Failure to observe the correct procedure could cause deployment of the PIDS components. Serious injury can occur. Failure to observe the correct procedure could also result in unnecessary PIDS repairs |
The pedestrian impact detection system (PIDS) maintains a reserve energy supply. The PIDS reserve energy supply provides deployment power for the hood hinge actuators if the PIDS loses battery power during a collision. Deployment power is available for as much as 1 minute after disconnecting the vehicle power. Waiting 1 minute before working on the system after disabling the system prevents deployment of the hood hinge actuators from the reserved energy supply.
General Service Instructions
The following are general service instructions which must be followed in order to properly repair the vehicle and return it to its original integrity
- Do not expose the PIDS modules to temperatures above 65°C (150°F).
- Verify the correct replacement part number. Do not substitute a component from a different vehicle.
- Use only original GM replacement parts available from your authorized GM dealer. Do not use salvaged parts for repairs to the PIDS.
Discard any of the following components if it has been dropped from a height of 100 cm (3 feet) or greater
- Pedestrian impact detection system module
- Pedestrian impact detection system sensors
- Pedestrian impact detection system hood hinge actuators
Disabling Procedure - Pedestrian Impact Detection System (PIDS) Fuse
- Place the ignition in the OFF position.
- Locate and remove the fuse supplying power to the PIDS. Refer to «Object Detection Schematics»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , or «Electrical Center Identification Views»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-electrical-center-identification-views) . With all PIDS fuses removed and the ignition switch in the ON position, the PIDS warning indicator illuminates. This is normal operation, and does not indicate a PIDS system malfunction.
- Wait 1 minute before working on the system.
Enabling Procedure - Pedestrian Impact Detection System (PIDS) Fuse
- Place the ignition in the OFF position.
- Install the fuse supplying power to the PIDS. Refer to «Object Detection Schematics»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , or «Electrical Center Identification Views»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-electrical-center-identification-views) .
- Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The PIDS indicator will flash then turn OFF.
- Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle if the PIDS warning indicator does not operate as described. Refer to «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
Disabling Procedure - Negative Battery Cable
- Place the ignition in the OFF position.
- Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery. Refer to «Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system) .
- Wait 1 minute before working on system.
Enabling Procedure - Negative Battery Cable
- Place the ignition in the OFF position.
- Connect the negative battery cable to the battery. Refer to «Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#battery-charging-system-and-starting-system) .
- Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The PIDS indicator will flash then turn OFF.
- Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle if the PIDS warning indicator does not operate as described. Refer to «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Side Object Sensor - Left Ground | U0232 | |||
| Side Object Sensor - Left B+ | U0232 | |||
| Side Object Sensor - Left Communication (terminal 7) | 1 | U0232 | 1 | |
| Side Object Sensor - Left Communication (terminal 2) | 1 | U0233 | 1 | |
| Side Object Sensor - Right Ground (terminal 8) | U0233 | 1 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right Ground (terminal 3) | U0233 | 1 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right B+ | 1 | U0233 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right Communication | 1 | U0233 | 1 | |
| 1. Rear Cross Traffic Alert Malfunction | ||||
The side object sensor modules are located on each side of the vehicle behind the rear fascia and are not directly visible from outside the vehicle. The same sensors are also used for side blind zone alert. The sensors use radar to determine the presence of objects near the back of the vehicle. When an object is detected in the rear cross traffic zone, the module will send out a signal through serial data communication to turn on the visual icons and also audio chime or haptic notification. Each sensor is supplied B+ and ground. The right sensor receives an additional ground. Both sensors communicate independently on the serial data line. The serial data enters the left sensor in a pass-thru configuration, that connects to the right sensor. The scan tool is able to individually communicate with each sensor.
- The rear cross traffic alert system uses the same sensors as side blind zone alert so a malfunction may affect either or both systems.
- The conditions for disabling the rear cross traffic alert system are captured by DTCs. The drivers information center will display Service Side Detection System if one of the sensors has failed. A B101E 47 Electronic Control Unit Software VIN Not Programmed DTC in history will not affect sensor operation and the module should not be replaced for this DTC.
- The rear cross traffic system can be disabled if any off the following occur: The driver has selected the Off mode through vehicle personalization menus. The selected mode is retained over ignition cycles. A driver information center message stating that the Rear Cross Traffic System Alert Off shall be displayed. There is a loss of serial data communication with a sensor or between modules.
- The side blind zone may be temporarily unavailable due to the following: A blockage condition exists (i.e. mud/snow buildup in front of the sensor). A driver information message "Side Detection System Unavailable" will be displayed. The side blind zone system transitions back to the normal operating state when the blockage is removed. Bumper sticks, fascia damage, labels, and heavy rain storms may also cause this condition. The blockage determination is performed with the vehicle in a drive gear. The rear cross traffic alert system will read the GPS latitude and longitude on the serial data bus and calculate if the vehicle is within a Radio Astronomy zone. These zones are located in Europe and Japan and require the sensors to be turned off. The "Side Detection System Unavailable" message will be displayed to the driver when this occurs.
- Because the sensors are identical, they may be swapped from one side of the vehicle to the other in an attempt to isolate a concern. Sensors should NOT be swapped from one vehicle to another.
- The rear cross traffic alert system is designed to ignore stationary objects; however, the system may occasionally detect pedestrians, shopping carts, or other objects. This is normal system operation and does not require service.
- The rear cross traffic alert system may indicate an object if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a bicycle or object is extending out to either side of the vehicle. This is normal operation and does not require service.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool can communicate with the left side object sensor. If the scan tool can not communicate with the left side object sensor Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Left Side Object Sensor Malfunction. If the scan tool can communicate with the left side object sensor
- Verify the scan tool can communicate with the right side object sensor. If the scan tool can not communicate with the right side object sensor Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Right Side Object Sensor Malfunction. If the scan tool can communicate with the right side object sensor
- Verify that the rear cross traffic indicators turn ON and then turn OFF when commanding the Rear Cross Traffic Visual Alert Indicators ON and OFF with a scan tool. If alert indicators do not turn ON and OFF Verify the system is enabled. If disabled, refer to diagnostic aids for cause of disable. If enabled test or replace the display. If indicators turn ON and OFF
- Verify that the haptic seat motors turn ON and then turn OFF when commanding the Rear Cross Traffic Haptic Alert motors ON and OFF with a scan tool. If haptic alert motors do not turn ON and OFF Verify the system is enabled. If disabled, refer to diagnostic aids for cause of disable. If enabled refer to «Seat Haptic Signal Motor Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) . If haptic alert motors turn ON and OFF
- Verify that the audible alert turns ON and then turn OFF when commanding the Rear Cross Traffic Audible Alert ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the audible alert does not turn ON and OFF Verify the system is enabled. If disabled, refer to diagnostic aids for cause of disable. If enabled refer to audio system malfunction. If audible alert turns ON and OFF
- All OK.
Left Side Object Sensor Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between ground circuit terminal 8 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition Off. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left. If the test lamp illuminates
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 2 ohms in each of the serial data circuits end to end between the control module harness connector terminal 2 and the DLC terminal 1. If 2 ohms or greater Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Replace B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left.
Right Side Object Sensor Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the following ground circuit terminals and ground. Terminal 3 Terminal 8 If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right. If the test lamp illuminates
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 2 ohms in each of the serial data circuits end to end between the control module harness connector terminal 7 and the DLC terminal 1. If 2 ohms or greater Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Replace B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for side object sensor module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Ignition | 1 | B127B 2B | ||
| Backup Signal | 1 | B127B 2B | 2 | |
| Camera Module signal + | 1 | 1 | 1 | |
| Camera Module signal | 3 | B127B 2B | 1 | |
| Ground | B127B 2B | |||
| Shield | 3 | B127B 2B | 3 | |
| 1. Rear Vision Camera Malfunction 2. Rear Vision Camera image always displayed 3. Poor Quality Image | ||||
When the transmission is placed into REVERSE, a 12 V signal is sent to the rearview camera indicating that camera operation is requested. Ignition voltage and ground are supplied to the rearview camera. The rearview camera sends video information to the K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module through a video signal + and a video signal - circuit. A grounded shielding also wraps the video signal circuits to reduce electronic interference which may degrade the video signal and cause a distorted or otherwise degraded image.
A poor video image can be caused by ice, snow, and mud buildup on the lens of the rearview camera. Also, extreme lighting conditions can affect performance, such as operating in the dark or with bright sunlight shining on the camera. Extreme high or low temperatures can also affect the image quality. An open in the shield of the video signal circuit can also cause a distorted screen.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that DTC B2545 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B2545»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b0655-to-dtc-b388d) . If the DTC is not set
- Verify the rearview camera has no debris on the lens and that the bezel and bezel seal are not damaged. If debris are found on the lens Clean the lens. If the lens, bezel, or bezel seal are damaged, replace as necessary. If no debris on the lens
- Ignition ON, transmission in R.
- Verify the backup lamps are illuminated. If the backup lamps are not illuminated Refer to «Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the backup lamps are illuminated
- Engine running, transmission in R.
- Verify a clear rear vision image is displayed on the P17 Info Display Module. If a clear image is not displayed Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If a clear image is displayed
- All OK.
Note. Circuit/System Verification must be performed before Circuit/System Testing. Under normal operating conditions the Human Machine Interface Control Module will become very hot. The module should be allowed to cool down prior to removal for any service procedure.
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B87 Rearview Camera.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 6 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is OK and there is voltage at the fuse. Refer to «Power Mode Mismatch»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the B87 Rearview Camera. If the test lamp illuminates
- Engine running, park brake applied, transmission in R.
- Test for greater than 11 V between the control circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than 11 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X7 harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K9 Body Control Module. If greater than 11 V
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module, ignition ON.
- Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground: B87 Rearview Camera signal (+) circuit terminal 1 B87 Rearview Camera signal (-) circuit terminal 4 If 1 V or greater Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V
- Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground: B87 Rearview Camera signal (+) circuit terminal 1 B87 Rearview Camera signal (-) circuit terminal 4 If less than infinite resistance Repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance
- Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal (+) circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal (-) circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater Test the signal circuit for an open/high resistance. If less than 2 ohms
- Replace the B87 Rearview Camera.
- Engine running, transmission in R, verify a clear rear vision image is displayed on the P17 Info Display Module. If a clear rear vision image is not displayed Replace the K74 Human Machine Interface Control Module. If a clear rear vision image is displayed
- All OK.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Body Control Module and Human Machine Interface Control Module replacement, programming, and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Side Object Sensor - Left Ground | U0232 | |||
| Side Object Sensor - Left B+ | U0232 | |||
| Side Object Sensor - Left Communication (terminal 7) | 1 | U0232 | 1 | |
| Side Object Sensor - Left Communication (terminal 2) | 1 | U0233 | 1 | |
| Side Object Sensor - Right Ground (terminal 8) | U0233 | 1 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right Ground (terminal 3) | U0233 | 1 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right B+ | 1 | U0233 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right Communication | 1 | U0233 | 1 | |
| Side Object Sensor - Left Indicator Low Reference Circuit | 1 | 1 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Left Indicator Control Circuit | 1 | 1 | 1 | |
| Side Object Sensor - Right Indicator Low Reference Circuit | 1 | 1 | ||
| Side Object Sensor - Right Indicator Control Circuit | 1 | 1 | 1 | |
| 1. Side Blind Zone Alert Malfunction | ||||
When the system detects a vehicle in the side blind zone while driving, the left or right side object sensor will supply power to the appropriate outside rearview mirror. Ground is provided through the outside rearview mirror harness. The amber warning symbol will light up in the appropriate outside mirror. This indicates that it may be unsafe to change lanes. If the driver then activates the turn signal, the amber warning symbol starts flashing as an extra warning not to change lanes. An audible alert will also sound.
Side blind zone alert is active when the vehicle is out of park or the parking brake is off on manual transmission vehicles and at speeds up to approximately 140 km/h (87 MPH). If a vehicle is detected in the blind zone, the warning symbols will turn illuminate on the appropriate side. When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror displays will briefly come on to indicate that the system is operating. The warning symbols will vary brightness based on the ambient light conditions.
- The conditions for disabling the side blind zone alert system are captured by DTCs. The drivers information center will display Service Side Detection System if one of the sensors has failed. A B101E 47 Electronic Control Unit Software VIN Not Programmed DTC in history will not affect sensor operation and the module should not be replaced for this DTC.
- The side blind zone system can be disabled if any off the following occur: The driver has selected the Off mode through vehicle personalization menus. The selected mode is retained over ignition cycles. A driver information center message stating that the side blind zone system is off shall be displayed and the outside mirror indicators will be OFF. There is a loss of serial data communication with a sensor or between modules.
- The side blind zone may be temporarily unavailable due to the following: A blockage condition exists (i.e. mud/snow buildup in front of the sensor). A driver information message "Side Detection System Unavailable" will be displayed. The side blind zone system transitions back to the normal operating state when the blockage is removed. Bumper sticks, fascia damage, labels, and heavy rain storms may also cause this condition. The blockage determination is performed with the vehicle in a drive gear. The side blind zone alert system will read the GPS latitude and longitude on the serial data bus and calculate if the vehicle is within a Radio Astronomy zone. These zones are located in Europe and Japan and require the sensors to be turned off. The "Side Detection System Unavailable" message will be displayed to the driver when this occurs.
- Because the sensors are identical, they may be swapped from one side of the vehicle to the other in an attempt to isolate a concern. Sensors should NOT be swapped from one vehicle to another.
- The side blind zone system is designed to ignore stationary objects; however, the system may occasionally detect guard rails, signs, trees, shrubs, or other stationary objects as an object in the blind zone. This is normal system operation and does not require service.
- The side blind zone system may indicate an object in the blind zone if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a bicycle or object is extending out to either side of the vehicle. This is normal operation and does not require service.
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool can communicate with the left side object sensor. If the scan tool can not communicate with the left side object sensor Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Left Side Object Sensor Malfunction. If the scan tool can communicate with the left side object sensor
- Verify the scan tool can communicate with the right side object sensor. If the scan tool can not communicate with the right side object sensor Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Right Side Object Sensor Malfunction. If the scan tool can communicate with the right side object sensor
- Ignition OFF, ignition ON.
- Verify that both side blind zone alert system indicators located in the outside rearview mirrors briefly turn ON and then turn OFF during the system self test. If both side blind zone alert indicators do not briefly turn ON and OFF Verify the system is enabled If disabled, refer to diagnostic aids for cause of disable. If enabled, refer to Circuit/System Testing - Side Object Indicator Malfunction. If only one indicator does not briefly illuminate during the self test Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Side Object Indicator Malfunction. If both side blind zone alert indicators briefly turn ON and OFF
- All OK.
Left Side Object Sensor Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. Disconnect the harness connector at the B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between ground circuit terminal 8 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition Off. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left. If the test lamp illuminates
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. Disconnect the It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 2 ohms between the serial data circuit terminal 2 and the DLC terminal 1. If 2 ohms or greater Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Replace B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left.
Right Side Object Sensor Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. Disconnect the harness connector at the B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the following ground circuit terminals and ground. Terminal 3 Terminal 8 If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition Off. Test for less than 2 ohms in the B+ circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right. If the test lamp illuminates
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 2 ohms between the serial data circuit terminal 7 and the DLC terminal 1. If 2 ohms or greater Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms
- Replace B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right.
Side Object Indicator Malfunction
- Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector for the appropriate A9 Outside Rearview Mirror. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down. X510 - Driver Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror X610 - Passenger Door Harness to Outside Rearview Mirror
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 18 and the ground circuit terminal 5.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the appropriate Object Detection Alert Indicators ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B218 Side Object Sensor Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B218 Side Object Sensor Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the B218 Side Object Sensor Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the A9 Outside Rearview Mirror Glass.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/mirrors/#mirror-system)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for side object sensor module replacement, programming and setup.
- Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
- Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
- «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
| Circuit | Short to Ground | Open/High Resistance | Short to Voltage | Signal Performance |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Ignition | 2 | |||
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Signal | B356A 02 | 1 | B356A 05 | |
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Control | B0987 06, 1 | B0987 01, B0987 0B | ||
| Lane Departure Warning Switch Ground | 1 | B0987 0B | ||
| 1. Lane Departure Warning Switch Inoperative. 2. Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Inoperative. | ||||
The lane departure warning system is enabled and disabled through the lane departure switch. When enabled, the lane departure warning indicator will illuminate.
For vehicles without UGN, the switch and indicator are connected to the Frontview Camera Module. The Frontview Camera module supplies a reference voltage to the lane departure switch. When the switch is pressed, the signal circuit is grounded. When enabled, the Frontview Camera Module will illuminate the indicator located in the switch when lane departure warning system is enabled.
With UGN, the indicator and switch are connected to the Active Safety Control Module. The Active Safety Control Module receives input from several modules including the Parking Assist Control Module to provide additional features. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America) for additional information on UGN. The lane departure warning alerts and DTCs are from the Frontview Camera Module with the exception of the indicator DTCs which are sent by the Active Safety Control Module. There are no switch DTCs for vehicles with the Active Safety Control Module.
When the system is operating and can detect the lane markings, the Frontview Camera Module will request via serial data communications that the instrument cluster illuminate the green lane departure warning symbol. If the Frontview Camera Module detects that the vehicle unintentionally crosses a lane marking without the turn signal being used, the module will request the instrument cluster to flash the amber lane departure warning indicator. An audible warning will also sound three times when the amber lane departure warning indicator in the instrument cluster is flashing.
Certain factors will affect the operation of the lane departure warning system. When the system is operating properly, the indicator will illuminate on the instrument cluster. This indicates that all of the required operating conditions to permit lane departure warning have been met. The indicator will not appear when the system is having difficulty seeing the lines on the road or if the view of the frontview camera is blocked with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, if the windshield is damaged, or when weather limits visibility, such as while driving in fog, rain, or snow conditions. This is normal operation, the vehicle does not need service. Additionally, lane departure warnings may occasionally occur in a properly operating vehicle due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, or other road imperfections. This is normal system operation and the vehicle does not require service. The driver information center may also display Lane Departure System Unavailable due to the temporary conditions listed above.
Additionally, the Frontview Camera Disable History can give useful hints about what affected the operation of the lane departure warning system. For the Frontview Camera Disable History, refer to DTC B1011 .
Schematic Reference
Connector End View Reference
Description and Operation
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning, UFL) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert, UEU) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Side Blind Zone Alert, UDQ) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Cross Traffic Alert, UFG) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Pedestrian Impact Detection, B3T) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) , Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
Electrical Information Reference
- «Circuit Testing»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
- «Connector Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
- «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__testing-for-intermittent-conditions-and-poor)
- «Wiring Repairs»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
- Ignition ON.
- Verify that DTC B356A is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B356A»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) . If the DTC is not set
- Verify that DTC B0987 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC B0987»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) . If the DTC is not set
- Verify the scan tool Frontview Camera System Status parameter is Normal. If the parameter is Undefined or Malfunction Refer to Diagnostic Aids. If the parameter is Normal
- Verify the scan tool Lane Departure Warning Switch Status parameter changes between ON and OFF when pressing the lane departure warning switch. If the parameter does not change between On and Off Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Lane Departure Warning Switch Malfunction. If the parameter changes between On and Off
- Verify the scan tool Lane Departure Warning Indicator Status parameter changes change between On and Off when pressing the lane departure warning switch. If the parameter does not change between On and Off Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Malfunction. If the parameter changes between On and Off
- All OK.
Lane Departure Warning Switch Circuit Malfunction (without UGN)
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the ground circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Lane Departure Warning Switch parameter is Off. If not Off Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. Test for infinite resistance between the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel signal circuit terminal 6 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If Off
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 6 and ground.
- Verify the scan tool Lane Departure Warning Switch parameter is On. If not On Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If On
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Circuit Malfunction (without UGN)
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel, ignition ON.
- Test for 6.2-10.9 V between the dimming control circuit terminal 3 and ground terminal 5. If less than 6.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground in the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If greater than 10.9 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 6.2-10.9 V
- Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 8 (with UV6) or terminal 7 (without UV6) and B+.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when Commanding the Lane Departure Warning Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K109 Frontview Camera Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K109 Frontview Camera Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Lane Departure Warning Switch Circuit Malfunction (with UGN)
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
- Test for less than 10 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 5 (-UV6) or terminal 2 (+UV6) and ground. If 10 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the ground circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 10 ohms
- Ignition ON.
- Verify the scan tool Lane Departure Warning Switch parameter is Off. If not Off Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel signal circuit terminal 6 (-UV6) or terminal 7 (+UV6) and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If Off
- Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 6 (-UV6) or terminal 7 (+UV6) and ground.
- Verify the scan tool Lane Departure Warning Switch parameter is On. If not On Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If On
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Circuit Malfunction (with UGN)
- Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
- Ignition ON, test for 6.2-10.9 V between the dimming control circuit terminal 4 (-UV6) or terminal 3 (+UV6) and ground. If less than 6.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground in the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If greater than 10.9 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K9 Body Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, refer to «Interior Backlighting Malfunction»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-lights/#lighting-system-dtc-b388e-to-dtc-c0297-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 6.2-10.9 V
- Connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 7 (-UV6) or terminal 8 (+UV6) and B+.
- Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when Commanding the Lane Departure Warning Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. If the test lamp is always OFF Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the control circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel. If the test lamp is always ON Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K124 Active Safety Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, replace the K124 Active Safety Control Module. If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
- Test or replace the S48A Multifunction Switch - Instrument Panel.
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
- «Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)
- «Control Module References»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Active Safety Control Module and Frontview Camera Module replacement, programming and setup
Scheme 11
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| WARNING: Refer to SIR Warning . Preliminary Procedure Remove the front seat. Refer to Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation . Remove the front seat cushion cover and pad. Refer to Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Pad Replacement (with AHE) , Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Pad Replacement (without AHE) . | |
| 1 | Front Seat Lane Departure Warning Actuator Topper Pad (Qty: 2) Procedure Gently peel away the topper pad from the seat cushion pad. When removing the topper pad be careful not to damage the motor. NOTE: The topper pad must be replaced every time the motor is replaced. |
| 2 | Front Seat Lane Departure Warning Actuator Motor (Qty: 2) Procedure Reposition the heater element as needed to gain access to the actuator wire. Cut the original actuator wire that connects to the main harness and splice in the new actuator wire. Refer to Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves Remove the original actuator and discard it. Note the routing of the original wire and harness location for installation. NOTE: Adjust the splice location so that each splice is at least 40 mm (1.5 in) away from other splices, harness branches, or connectors. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Refer to SIR Warning . |
| NOTE |
|---|
| The topper pad must be replaced every time the motor is replaced. |
| NOTE |
|---|
| Adjust the splice location so that each splice is at least 40 mm (1.5 in) away from other splices, harness branches, or connectors. |
Front Seat Lane Departure Warning Actuator Replacement
Scheme 12
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to Front Bumper Fascia Replacement . | |
| 1 | Forward Range Radar Module Bracket Fastener (Qty: 3) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 9 (80 lb in) |
| 2 | Forward Range Radar Module Bracket |
| 3 | Forward Range Radar Module Fastener (Qty: 3) |
| 4 | Forward Range Radar Module Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector. For programming and set up, refer to Control Module References . Use a digital angle gauge to align the forward range radar module vertically (at the edge or on the bracket behind the module). NOTE: The digital angle gauge must have an accuracy of ±0.5 degrees (9 mm/m). The vertical position of forward range radar module is 90 degrees (±3 degrees). |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Refer to Fastener Caution . |
| NOTE |
|---|
| The digital angle gauge must have an accuracy of ±0.5 degrees (9 mm/m). The vertical position of forward range radar module is 90 degrees (±3 degrees). |
Forward Range Radar Module Replacement
Scheme 13
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedures Disable the pedestrian impact detection system. Refer to Pedestrian Impact Detection System Disabling and Enabling . Remove the front fascia absorber. Refer to Front Bumper Fascia Energy Upper Absorber Replacement . | |
| 1 | Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Procedure Separate the two halves of the front bumper fascia energy absorber. NOTE: Inspect the absorber / EA foam for any cracks or damage and inspect pedestrian sensor tube for any cuts or puncture holes. Replace absorber or sensor system if any damage is found. This can cause faulty readings with the pedestrian impact sensor. |
| 2 | Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor Procedure Carefully remove the pedestrian impact detection sensor from the front half of the front bumper fascia energy absorber. NOTE: The pedestrian sensor is a press fit into the front half of the absorber. |
| NOTE |
|---|
| Inspect the absorber / EA foam for any cracks or damage and inspect pedestrian sensor tube for any cuts or puncture holes. Replace absorber or sensor system if any damage is found. This can cause faulty readings with the pedestrian impact sensor. |
| NOTE |
|---|
| The pedestrian sensor is a press fit into the front half of the absorber. |
Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor Replacement - Front Upper Beam
Scheme 14
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Disable the pedestrian impact detection system. Refer to Pedestrian Impact Detection System Disabling and Enabling . | |
| 1 | Active Hood Hinge Actuator Bolt (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 22 (16 lb ft) |
| 2 | Active Hood Hinge Actuator Procedure Disconnect any electrical connectors. If deployed, replace the following parts: Left and right actuator Left and right hood hinge Hood Inspect the hood latch and subsequent replacement if functionality or appearance is compromised. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Refer to Fastener Caution . |
Active Hood Hinge Actuator Replacement
Scheme 15
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear compartment side trim panel - left side. Refer to Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (With AM9) , Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (Except AM9) . | |
| 1 | Active Safety Control Module Procedure Release the locking retainer from the active safety control module bracket. Disconnect the electrical connectors. For programming and set up, refer to Control Module References . |
Active Safety Control Module Replacement
Scheme 16
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel cluster hood. Refer to Instrument Panel Instrument Cluster Hood Replacement (Without UV6) , Instrument Panel Instrument Cluster Hood Replacement (With UV6) , Instrument Panel Instrument Cluster Hood Replacement (With UEU) . | |
| 1 | Forward Collision Alert Display Fastener (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . |
| 2 | Forward Collision Alert Display |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Refer to Fastener Caution . |
Forward Collision Alert Display Replacement
Scheme 17
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear compartment side trim panel - right. Refer to Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (With AM9) , Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (Except AM9) . | |
| 1 | Pedestrian Impact Detection Module Fasteners (Qty: 3) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . |
| 2 | Pedestrian Impact Detection Module Procedure Disconnect the electrical connectors. For programming and set up information, refer to Control Module References . |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Refer to Fastener Caution . |
Pedestrian Impact Detection Module Replacement
Pedestrian Impact Detection System Handling and Scrapping
Special Tools
- J38826-1 SIR Deployment Harness
- J38826-45 PIDS Actuator Adapter
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools .
Live and Undeployed Pedestrian Impact Detection System Actuator
Take special care when handling or storing an undeployed Pedestrian Detection Impact System (PIDS) Actuator. A PIDS Actuator deployment produces a rapid generation of gas. This may cause the PIDS Actuator, or an object in front of the PIDS Actuator, to project through the air in the event of an unlikely deployment.
Scrapping Procedure
During the course of a vehicles useful life, certain situations may arise which will require the disposal of a live and undeployed PIDS Actuator. Do NOT dispose a live and undeployed PIDS Actuator through normal disposal channels until the PIDS Actuator has been deployed.
Do not deploy the PIDS Actuator in the following situations
- After replacement of a PIDS Actuator under warranty the PIDS Actuator may need to be returned undeployed to the manufacturer.
- If the vehicle is the subject of a Product Liability report, GM-1241, or Special Field Investigation (SFI), related to the PIDS system and is subject to a preliminary investigation do NOT alter the PIDS Actuator system in any manner.
- If the vehicle is involved in a campaign affecting the PIDS Actuator follow the instructions in the Campaign Service Bulletin for proper PIDS Actuator handling procedures.
Deployment Procedures
Deploy the PIDS Actuators outside of the vehicle.
Deployment Outside Vehicle
Deploy the PIDS Actuator outside of the vehicle when the vehicle will be returned to service. Situations that require deployment outside of the vehicle include the following
- Using the PIDS diagnostics, you determine that the PIDS Actuator is malfunctioning.
- The PIDS Actuator is cosmetically damaged, scratched, or broken.
- The PIDS Actuator pigtail is damaged.
- The PIDS Actuator connector is damaged.
- The PIDS Actuator connector terminals are damaged.
Deployment and disposal of a malfunctioning PIDS Actuator is subject to any required retention period.
| WARNING | In order to prevent accidental deployment and the risk of personal injury, do not dispose of an undeployed Pedestrian Impact Detection System (PIDS) Actuator as normal shop waste. Undeployed PIDS Actuators contain substances that could cause severe illness or personal injury if their sealed containers are damaged during disposal. Use the following deployment procedures to safely dispose of an undeployed PIDS Actuators. Failure to observe the following disposal methods may be a violation of Federal law. |
- Turn OFF the ignition.
- Remove the ignition key.
- Put on safety glasses.
- Remove the PIDS Actuator.
- Place the PIDS Actuator on a work bench, with connector side facing up and away from the surface.
- Clear a space on the ground about 1.85 m (6 ft) in diameter for deployment of the PIDS Actuator. If possible, use a paved, outdoor location free of activity. Otherwise, use a space free of activity on the shop floor. Ensure you have sufficient ventilation.
- Clear the area of loose or flammable objects.
- Place PIDS Actuator in the center.
- Inspect the SIR deployment harness and the PIDS Actuator adapter for damage. Replace as needed.
- Short the 2 SIR deployment harness leads together using one banana plug seated into the other.
- Connect the appropriate pigtail adapter to the SIR deployment harness.
- Extend the SIR deployment harness and adapter to the full length of 5 m from the deployment area.
- Connect the PIDS actuator to the adapter on the SIR deployment harness.
- Place a 12 volt minimum/4 amp minimum power source, such as a vehicle battery, near the shorted end of the harness.
- Clear the area of people.
- Separate the 2 banana plugs on the PIDS deployment harness that were shorted together earlier in the procedure.
- Connect the SIR deployment harness wires to the power source. Deployment of the PIDS Actuator will occur when contact is made.
- Disconnect the SIR deployment harness from the power source after the PIDS Actuator deploys.
- If the PIDS Actuator did not deploy, disconnect the adapter and discontinue the procedure and contact the Technical Assistance Group. If deployment was successful, proceed to the following steps.
- Seat one banana plug into the other in order to short the deployment harness leads.
- Put on a pair of shop gloves.
- Disconnect the pigtail adapter from the PIDS actuator as soon as possible.
- . Inspect the pigtail adapter and the SIR deployment harness. Replace as needed.
- Dispose of the deployed PIDS Actuator through normal refuse channels.
- Wash your hands with a mild soap.
Scheme 18
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the instrument panel knee bolster. Refer to Instrument Panel Knee Bolster Replacement . | |
| 1 | Parking Assist Alarm Control Module Switch Procedure Use the appropriate tool to release the switch from the bolster. |
Parking Assist Alarm Control Module Switch Replacement
Scheme 19
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear window panel trim. Refer to Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement . | |
| 1 | Rear Object Alarm Control Module Fastener (Qty: 3) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . Tighten 7 N.m (62 lb in) |
| 2 | Rear Object Alarm Control Module Procedure Disconnect the electrical connectors. For programming and set up, refer to Control Module References . |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Refer to Fastener Caution . |
Rear Object Alarm Control Module Replacement
Removal Procedure
- Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to «Front Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
- Disconnect electrical from the front object alarm sensor.
- Lift the locking tabs on the housing and remove the front object alarm sensor.
Installation Procedure
- Paint the front object alarm sensor. Refer to «Basecoat/Clearcoat Paint Systems»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/paintcoatings/#paint-and-coatings__basecoatclearcoat-paint-systems) .
- Ensure the paint does not exceed 6 mils. Use a paint thickness gauge suitable for non-ferrous metals. Refer to «Paint Gauges»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/paintcoatings/#paint-and-coatings__paint-gauges) .
- Insert the sensor into the housing.
- Connect the electrical connector to the front object alarm sensor.
- Install the front bumper fascia. Refer to «Front Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
Front Object Alarm Sensor Housing Replacement
- Remove the front fascia. Refer to «Front Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
- Disconnect the sensor harness.
- Remove the sensor from the sensor housing. The sensor housing must be painted if replaced. If reinstalled, painting will not be necessary.
- Sand/grind sonic weld plastic residue from the fascia.
- Apply structural adhesive epoxy, Lord Fusor™ 127EZ or equivalent, to fascia at mating surface.
- Using the alignment tabs, install the sensor housing to the fascia.
- Allow adhesive to cure according to manufacturer's directions.
- Install the sensor to the sensor housing.
- Connect the electrical harness.
- Install the front fascia. Refer to «Front Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
Scheme 20
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear bumper fascia. Refer to Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement . | |
| 1 | Side Object Sensor Module Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector. Slide the module out of the retaining bracket. For programming and set up, refer to Control Module References |
Side Object Sensing Alert Module Replacement
- Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to «Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
- Disconnect electrical from the rear object sensor.
- Lift the locking tabs on the housing and remove the rear object sensor.
- Paint the rear object sensor. Refer to «Basecoat/Clearcoat Paint Systems»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/paintcoatings/#paint-and-coatings__basecoatclearcoat-paint-systems) .
- Ensure the paint does not exceed 6 mils. Use a paint thickness gauge suitable for non-ferrous metals. Refer to «Paint Gauges»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/paintcoatings/#paint-and-coatings__paint-gauges) .
- Insert the sensor into the housing.
- Connect the electrical connector to the rear object sensor.
- Install the rear bumper fascia. Refer to «Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
Rear Object Sensor Housing Replacement
- Remove the rear fascia. Refer to «Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
- Disconnect the sensor harness.
- Remove the sensor from the sensor housing. The sensor housing must be painted if replaced. If reinstalled, painting will not be necessary.
- Sand/grind sonic weld plastic residue from the fascia.
- Apply structural adhesive epoxy, Lord Fusor™ 127EZ or equivalent, to fascia at mating surface.
- Using the alignment tabs, install the sensor housing to the fascia.
- Allow adhesive to cure according to manufacturer's directions.
- Install the sensor to the sensor housing.
- Connect the electrical harness.
- Install the rear fascia. Refer to «Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/exterior-body-panels/#bumpers-and-fascias) .
Scheme 21
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the front view camera. Refer to Front View Camera Replacement (With UGN) , Front View Camera Replacement (With UFL) . | |
| 1 | Multifunction Relay Module Bracket Procedure Slide the bracket upward to disengage tabs, gently pull from windshield. |
Multifunction Relay Module Bracket Replacement
Scheme 22
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the windshield multifunction sensor mounting bracket cover Refer to Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Replacement (With UEU, UFL) , Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Replacement (Without UEU, UFL) . | |
| 1 | Front View Camera Procedure Using a suitable plastic tool, insert the tool between the edge of the front view camera retainers, turn the tool to release the retainers and the camera and rotate downward. Disconnect the electrical connector. Program and calibrate the front view camera. For programming and set up, refer to Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup . |
Front View Camera Replacement (With UGN)
Scheme 23
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the windshield multifunction sensor mounting bracket cover Refer to Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Replacement (With UEU, UFL) , Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Replacement (Without UEU, UFL) . | |
| 1 | Front View Camera Procedure Gently depress top center tab on bracket to release camera. Disconnect the electrical connector. Program and calibrate the front view camera. For programming and set up, refer to Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup . |
Front View Camera Replacement (With UFL)
Scheme 24
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| Preliminary Procedure Remove the rear closure fixed handle applique. Refer to Rear Closure Fixed Handle Applique Replacement . | |
| 1 | Rearview Camera Fastener (Qty: 2) CAUTION: Refer to Fastener Caution . |
| 2 | Rearview Camera Procedure Disconnect the electrical connector. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Refer to Fastener Caution . |
Rearview Driver Information Camera Replacement
Calibration (without UGN)
The calibration process for the front view camera system is necessary when a front view camera module is replaced by a new one. This process shall not be required when only replacing the windshield and the front view camera module has been mounted again properly. This process shall be completed within 3-5 minutes when the correct driving conditions are met. If conditions are not met correct, the front view camera module shall continuously run the service point calibration until successfully completed. This process shall work across ignition cycles and shall not be required to be re-initialized at start up. If the Lane Departure Warning Switch is pressed during calibration, the indictor will flash momentarily and then stay out - this is normal operation.
The calibration procedure will start automatically after SPS programming is complete. During this time the Lane Departure Warning amber indicator will illuminate.
To calibrate the front camera, operate the vehicle in the following conditions until the calibration is complete
- Clean windshield.
- Avoid lane changes.
- Maintain vehicle speeds between 56-90 km/h (35-56 MPH).
- Ensure the road contains visible references (well defined lane markings, curbs, etc.).
Once the procedure is complete, the amber indicator will turn off. Shortly after the green ready to assist light should turn on as long as all conditions are met for normal operation. The system is then ready to assist.
Calibration (with UGN)
The calibration process for the front view camera system is necessary when a front view camera module is replaced by a new one. This process shall not be required when only replacing the windshield and the front view camera module has been mounted again properly. This process shall be completed within 10-30 minutes when the correct driving conditions are met. If the Lane Departure Warning Switch is pressed during calibration, the indictor will flash momentarily and then stay out - this is normal operation.
Note. Calibration is not required if the existing module was reprogrammed. This procedure only needs to be conducted if the module was replaced.
Once SPS programming is complete, it is necessary to initiate the calibration using a scantool. During this time the "Service Driver Assist" service message will be displayed.
Note. It is necessary to have the scantool connected during the entire process. Do not back out of the screen or press any other buttons.
To calibrate the front camera, operate the vehicle in the following conditions until the calibration is complete
- Clean windshield.
- Avoid lane aggressive and frequent lane changes. Occasional lane changes are preferred.
- Maintain vehicle speeds between 56-120 km/h (35-75 MPH).
- Ensure the road contains visible references (well defined lane markings, etc.).
Once the procedure is complete, the service message will turn off and normal operation will resume. Shortly after the green ready to assist light should turn on as long as all conditions are met for normal operation. The system is then ready to assist.
If Slow to Calibrate
The ideal calibration condition is driving on a 2 lane divided highway with markings on both sides of the lane. One or more of the following conditions may increase the length of time required to complete the self-calibration procedure
- Heavy traffic
- Stop and go traffic
- Mountain roads
- Curves in roadway
- Poor contrast lane markings
- Botts' Dots type lane markings
- Operating the vehicle at speeds greater than recommended
- Driving through snow or fog, or driving directly into the sun
- Camera not properly installed. Verify it is snapped into tabs and is secure. Refer to «Front View Camera Replacement (With UGN)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Front View Camera Replacement (With UFL)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) .
No Calibration
Conditions that will prevent completion of the self-calibration procedure
- Dirty windshield glass or obstruction on windshield
- Operating the vehicle with speed less than 56 km/h (35 MPH)
- No visible lane markings
- Severe weather where lane markings cannot be seen
- Camera not properly installed. Verify it is snapped into tabs and is secure. Refer to «Front View Camera Replacement (With UGN)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) , «Front View Camera Replacement (With UFL)»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) .
Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Calibration
After replacing and programming the Long Range Radar Sensor Module, it is necessary to perform a calibration procedure to align the radar. This is indicated to the technician by DTC B101E 4B. Calibration is performed while driving the vehicle with the scantool connected. Calibration is initialized using a scantool and the scantool must remain connected until calibration is complete. During this time the "Service Driver Assist" service message will be displayed. Once the procedure is complete, the service message will turn off and normal operation will resume.
Calibration is not required if the existing module was reprogrammed only. Calibration needs to be conducted if the module was replaced or removed and re-secured.
If calibration is not successful, it could be due to improper driving environment, module and bracket assembly bent out of position or incorrect module mounting. A typical driving environment is usually sufficient to calibrate the module within 10-30 minutes. The module needs to be mounting properly in the bracket and aimed straight ahead within +/- 3 degrees.
Calibration Procedure
- Verify no other DTCs except for B101E 4B Electronic Control Unit Software are present. If other DTCs are present Refer to service information and repair as necessary. If no other DTCs are present
- Prior to driving the vehicle make sure the surface in front of the radar (Cadillac emblem) is clean. Also verify the mounting area is not damaged and allows the module to face the intended direction.
- Prepare scantool to be mobile for Long Range Radar Calibration driving phase. The scantool needs to stay connected during the driving phase of the calibration.
- Engine running.
- Initiate calibration using Long Range Radar Sensor Module Learn in the scantool. The driver information display will display "Service Driver Assist" message during calibration. NOTE: Do not back out of screen or press any other buttons until the calibration is complete.
- Drive the vehicle within the following conditions for 10-30 minutes or until calibration is complete. The "Service Driver Assist" message will turn off when calibration is complete. Drive at speeds greater than 56 kph (35 mph) Minimize tight curves Avoid extreme acceleration or deceleration Follow one or multiple vehicles. (typical vehicle traffic is sufficient, but vehicles 30m - 50m (100 -165ft) away are most effective at decreasing the calibration time) Drive in an environment that has stationary objects on the side of the road (street signs, guard rails, mail boxes, fences, etc)
- Verify proper calibration by observing that the "Service Driver Assist" message turns off within 10-30 minutes of normal driving. If "Service Driver Assist" message fails to turn off Verify correct operating conditions were met If incorrect driving environment, refer to If Slow to Calibrate and repeat calibration procedure following recommended operating conditions. If correct driving environment Verify DTC B390C 66 Incorrect Mounting is not set If B390C 66 is set Refer to «DTC B390C»(/cadillac/ats/i-2012-2014/remont/collisionavoidance/#object-detection-system-park-assist-system) . If B390C 66 is not set If "Service Driver Assist" message turns off
- Drive at speeds greater than 40 kph (25 mph) and verify engagement of Adaptive Cruise Control (cruise control icon will change from white to green) If Adaptive Cruise Control will not engage Check vehicle for DTCs and correct as required. If Adaptive Cruise Control engages
- All OK.
The ideal calibration condition is driving on a freeway or two lane road with medium traffic. One or more of the following conditions may increase the length of time required to complete the self-calibration procedure
- Heavy traffic - following too close behind vehicles for long periods (more than 40 min)
- Stop and go or very slow traffic
- Mountain roads
- Constant sharp curves in roadway
- No traffic - if no traffic is available, may need to add vehicle ahead to support calibration
- Limited or no stationary structures on side of the road - need structures such as street signs, guard rails, mail boxes, parked cars, etc.
- Driving in tunnels
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7)
The parking assist system is designed to identify and notify the driver of an object in the vehicle path when moving forward or reversing at speeds of less than 8 km/h (5 MPH). The distance and location of the object is determined by 8 object sensors: 4 located in the rear bumper and 4 located in the front bumper. The parking assist system will notify the driver using audible beeps through the radio or haptic pulses through the driver's seat. The driver can select between audible or haptic alerts in the vehicle personalization menus. See the user's manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization.
The parking assist system is made up of the following components
- Parking assist control module
- Front object sensors
- Rear object sensors
- Parking assist switch
- Parking assist indicator
- Radio
- Safety Alert Seat, if equipped.
Parking Assist Control Module
The parking assist control module provides a reference voltage and a low reference to the 8 object alarm sensors. The parking assist control module receives individual signals from each of the 8 sensors and determines the location and distance of an object based on these inputs. When an object is detected, the parking assist control module will send a data message via serial data to the radio requesting an audible alert.
Object Sensors
The object sensors are located in the front and rear bumpers of the vehicle. The sensors are used to determine the distance between an object and the bumper. Each sensor emits an ultrasonic frequency which is reflected off any object located in front of or behind the vehicle. These reflections are received by the sensors. The time difference between the emission of the frequency and when the reflection is received is known as sensor echo time, it is used to determine the distance to the object. The sensors report this information to the parking assist control module.
Parking Assist Switch
The parking assist can be activated and deactivated by pressing the parking assist switch. By engaging the reverse gear the parking assist can also be activated. By subsequently pressing the parking assist switch the parking assist can be disabled again.
Parking Assist Indicator
The indicator in the parking assist switch shows the status of the parking assist. If the lamp is ON, the parking assist is activated.
Radio
The radio controls the audible alert for the park assist alert. If the an object is detected the radio will command beeps as an audible alert to the driver.
Safety Alert Seat
The memory seat module controls the haptic alert provided by the seats. If an object is detected, the memory seat module will command pulses to the driver's seat.
Parking Assist Operation
When an object is within the measuring range of the sensor, the ultrasonic pulse is reflected and is received by the sending or a neighboring sensor. The sensor converts this signal into a voltage signal and sends this signal to the parking assist control module. The parking assist control module evaluates the received sensor signals. As soon as an object is within the measuring range, the parking assist control module sends a message via serial data to either the radio or seat module to provide an alert signal.
The parking assist system can detect objects greater than 7.6 cm (3 in) wide and 25.4 cm (10 in) tall. The system cannot detect objects below the bumper, underneath the vehicle. If an object is detected, one of the following will occur
- The measuring range of the front object sensors is between 30-120 cm (11.8-47.2 in). From a distance of 120 cm (47.2 in), the acoustic signal is active. The frequency of the beep sound increases with decreasing distance. From a distance less than 30 cm (11.8 in), the sound becomes continuous.
- The measuring range of the rear object sensors is between 30-250 cm (11.8-98.4 in). From a distance of 250 cm (98.4 in), the acoustic signal is active. The frequency of the beep sound increases with decreasing distance. From a distance less than 30 cm (11.8 in), the sound becomes continuous.
The parking assist can be activated and deactivated by pressing the parking assist switch. When REVERSE gear is selected, park assist automatically is engaged for both front and rear sensors. When the vehicle is put into DRIVE from REVERSE the front assist sensors will be active up to speeds of 8 km/h (5 MPH) to assist with parking maneuvers. Once the vehicle is above 8 km/h (5 MPH) the front sensors are disabled and will not be re-enabled until either REVERSE gear is selected or the parking assist switch is pressed to activate the system. Once the parking assist switch is pressed during a key cycle the front sensors become active at speeds under 8 km/h (5 MPH). If the park assist switch is pressed again in the same key cycle the message "Park Assist Off" will be displayed in the driver information center if the vehicle speed is under 8 km/h (5 MPH) and front sensors detect an object within 120 cm (47.2 in). The LED indicator on the parking assist switch provides the ON/OFF state of the system. If the indicator is ON, the system is active and ready to assist.
The parking assist control module carries out a self test and monitors the sensors for electrical and mechanical faults. Monitored is the power supply of each sensor and the sensor signals, which need to alter when the vehicle moves. If this is not the case, the sensor is acoustically blocked or faulty. Mud, ice and snow may cause obstruction of the function of the sensors. The parking assist control module also checks whether the correct type of sensor is installed. If any of these tests fails, a DTC with corresponding symptom is set, the parking assist is deactivated and the parking assist indicator in the instrument panel cluster is activated.
Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST when the parking assist control module detects a malfunction in the parking assist system and the system is disabled. The driver information center also displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST when a loss of communication occurs with the parking assist control module.
PARK ASSIST OFF
The PARK ASSIST OFF message is displayed in the driver information center when the parking assist system is disabled due to conditions that disable or inhibit the system. The parking assist control module requests the driver information center display PARK ASSIST OFF when it detects that one of the following conditions
- The parking assist system is manually disabled using the parking assist switch.
- An object is attached to the rear of the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle rack, trailer hitch receiver, or tow bar. Also, an object extending beyond a lowered tailgate will disable the system.
- The parking assist sensors are covered by snow, mud, dirt, slush, or ice.
- The vehicle bumper is damaged.
- Excessive paint thickness on a replacement parking assist sensor.
- The parking assist sensors are disrupted by vibrations, like those caused by a large nearby vehicle or from heavy equipment such as a jackhammer.
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UD7&UDF)
The parking assist system is designed to identify and notify the driver of an object in the vehicle path when reversing at speeds of less than 8 km/h (5 MPH). The distance and location of the object is determined by 4 object sensors located in the rear bumper. The parking assist system will notify the driver using audible beeps through the radio or haptic pulses through the driver's seat. The driver can select between audible or haptic alerts in the vehicle personalization menus. See the user's manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization.
The parking assist system is made up of the following components
- Parking assist control module
- Rear object sensors
- Parking assist switch
- Parking assist indicator
- Radio
- Safety Alert Seat, if equipped.
Parking Assist Control Module
The parking assist control module provides a reference voltage and a low reference to the 4 object alarm sensors. The parking assist control module receives individual signals from each of the 4 sensors and determines the location and distance of an object based on these inputs. When an object is detected, the parking assist control module will send a data message via serial data to the radio requesting an audible alert.
Object Sensors
The object sensors are located in the rear bumpers of the vehicle. The sensors are used to determine the distance between an object and the bumper. Each sensor emits an ultrasonic frequency which is reflected off any object located in front of or behind the vehicle. These reflections are received by the sensors. The time difference between the emission of the frequency and when the reflection is received is known as sensor echo time, it is used to determine the distance to the object. The sensors report this information to the parking assist control module.
Parking Assist Switch
The parking assist can be activated and deactivated by pressing the parking assist switch. By engaging the reverse gear the parking assist can also be activated. By subsequently pressing the parking assist switch the parking assist can be disabled again.
Parking Assist Indicator
The indicator in the parking assist switch shows the status of the parking assist. If the lamp is ON, the parking assist is activated.
Radio
The radio controls the audible alert for the park assist alert. If the an object is detected the radio will command beeps as an audible alert to the driver.
Safety Alert Seat
The memory seat module controls the haptic alert provided by the seats. If an object is detected, the memory seat module will command pulses to the driver's seat.
When an object is within the measuring range of the sensor, the ultrasonic pulse is reflected and is received by the sending or a neighboring sensor. The sensor converts this signal into a voltage signal and sends this signal to the parking assist control module. The parking assist control module evaluates the received sensor signals. As soon as an object is within the measuring range, the parking assist control module sends a message via serial data to the radio or seat module to provide an alert signal.
The parking assist system can detect objects greater than 7.6 cm (3 in) wide and 25.4 cm (10 in) tall. The system cannot detect objects below the bumper, underneath the vehicle.
The parking assist can be activated and deactivated by pressing the parking assist switch. When REVERSE gear is selected, park assist is automatically activated. By subsequently pressing the parking assist switch the parking assist can be disabled again.
The parking assist control module carries out a self test and monitors the sensors for electrical and mechanical faults. Monitored is the power supply of each sensor and the sensor signals, which need to alter when the vehicle moves. If this is not the case, the sensor is acoustically blocked or faulty. Mud, ice and snow may cause obstruction of the function of the sensors. The parking assist control module also checks whether the correct type of sensor is installed. If any of these tests fails, a DTC with corresponding symptom is set, the parking assist is deactivated and the parking assist indicator in the instrument panel cluster is activated.
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
The driver information center displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST when the parking assist control module detects a malfunction in the parking assist system and the system is disabled. The driver information center also displays SERVICE PARK ASSIST when a loss of communication occurs with the parking assist control module.
PARK ASSIST OFF
The PARK ASSIST OFF message is displayed in the driver information center when the parking assist system is disabled due to conditions that disable or inhibit the system. The parking assist control module requests the driver information center display PARK ASSIST OFF when it detects that one of the following conditions
- The parking assist system is manually disabled using the parking assist switch.
- An object is attached to the rear of the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle rack, trailer hitch receiver, or tow bar. Also, an object extending beyond a lowered tailgate will disable the system.
- The parking assist sensors are covered by snow, mud, dirt, slush, or ice.
- The vehicle bumper is damaged.
- Excessive paint thickness on a replacement parking assist sensor.
- The parking assist sensors are disrupted by vibrations, like those caused by a large nearby vehicle or from heavy equipment such as a jackhammer.
Scheme 25
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| K109 | K109 Frontview Camera Module |
| A11 | A11 Radio |
| P16 | P16 Instrument Cluster |
| K40 | K40 Seat Memory Control Module |
| P45RR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear |
| P45LR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear |
| S48C | S48C Multifunction Switch 1 - Instrument Panel |
The lane departure warning system is a convenience feature of the front view camera that issues a warning when the system detects that the vehicle has unintentionally crossed a lane marking. The front view camera is located behind the windshield, looking out at the road ahead and detecting any lane markings. When the vehicle unintentionally leaves a detected lane, a visual and audible or haptic (pulses the seat, if equipped) alerts are given to the driver. The visual alert cannot be changed, but the driver can select between audible or haptic alerts in the vehicle personalization menus. See the user's manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization.
The lane departure warning system is made up of the following components
- Front view camera module
- Lane departure warning switch / control indicator
- Instrument cluster / Vehicle Direction Display
- Radio
- Safety Alert Seat, if equipped
Front View Camera Module
The camera detects visual queues such as lane markings. When it is determined that the vehicle has unintentionally moved outside of the lane, visual, and audible or haptic warning is given to the driver. The front view camera module receives an input from the lane departure warning switch and controls the lane departure warning switch indicator output. The front view camera module also communicates via serial data with the instrument cluster, radio, and memory seat module to request visual, and audible or haptic alerts.
Lane Departure Warning Switch
The lane departure warning switch provides an input to the front view camera module to turn the lane departure warning system ON and OFF. The front view camera module provides a signal voltage to the normally open momentary switch. When the switch is pressed, the signal circuit is pulled to ground, indicating to the front view camera module that the system has been requested to turn ON or OFF. The lane departure warning switch also contains the lane departure warning switch indicator, which is controlled by the front view camera module to indicate the ON and OFF status of the lane departure warning system. When the system has been enabled by the lane departure warning switch, the front view camera module applies ground to the switch indicator and illuminates the LED. The location of the lane departure warning switch can vary with different vehicles. For the exact location please refer to the user's manual.
Instrument Cluster
The vehicle direction display contains green and amber lane departure warning indicators. These indicate to the driver the current status of the lane departure warning system and are controlled via serial data by the front view camera module. When the vehicle speed is above 56 km/h (35 MPH) and the system has detected the required lane markings and is ready to assist, the green indicator will be illuminated on the vehicle direction display. If the vehicle has unintentionally left the lane, the amber indicator will flash.
Radio
The radio controls the audible alert for the lane departure warning. If the vehicle has unintentionally left the lane, the radio will command three beeps as an audible alert to the driver.
Safety Alert Seat
The memory seat module controls the haptic alert provided by the seats. If the vehicle has unintentionally left the lane, the memory seat module will command three pulses to the left or right side of the seat, depending on the lane departure direction.
Lane Departure Warning Operation
System operation can be described by the following modes
- Off State: The system has been turned off by the driver using the lane departure warning switch. The lane departure warning indicator will not be illuminated.
- Not Ready To Assist: The system is enabled and the lane departure warning indicator is illuminated, but not ready to assist when any of the following conditions is true: Vehicle speed is less than 56 km/h (35 MPH). The system is designed to function at speeds greater than 56 km/h (35 MPH). The system cannot detect lane markings. This may be because there are no lane markings, as on a country road or that the lane markings cannot be determined due to snow, rain, or other driving conditions. The windshield area in front of the camera or the camera lens is blocked by fog, dirt, damage to the windshield or other elements that may prevent the camera from detecting lane markings.
- Ready To Assist: The system is enabled and ready to warn of the unintentional lane crossing. The system is ready to assist when the green lane departure warning indicator is illuminated on the vehicle direction display.
Lane Crossing Alerts
- When one of the following conditions are met, the system will not give alerts: The correct turn signal is activated. An activated turn signal is interpreted as an intentional lane crossing. The operator makes an intentional steering maneuver. The operator makes an intentional accelerating maneuver. The operator makes an intentional braking maneuver.
- Lane crossing alert consists of the following: The amber lane departure warning indicator will flash. Three chimes are activated through the radio. or if equipped, three pulses to the left or right side of the seat.
Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
The front view camera module can command the driver information center to display the various messages to alert the driver of a system concern or status information. For detailed information about the possible messages please refer to the user's manual.
Scheme 26
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| S70L | S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left |
| K9 | K9 Body Control Module |
| K109 | K109 Frontview Camera Module |
| A11 | A11 Radio |
| P16 | P16 Instrument Cluster |
| K40 | K40 Seat Memory Control Module |
| P43 | P43 Collision Alert Indicators |
| P45RR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear |
| P45LR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear |
The forward collision alert system is a convenience feature of the front view camera that issues a warning to the driver when a potential collision risk exists. The front view camera is located behind the windshield, looking out at the road ahead and detecting vehicles directly ahead, within a distance of approximately 60 meters (197 ft). The forward collision alert system operates at speeds above 40 kph (25 mph). When the system detects a vehicle in the path ahead, the green vehicle ahead indicator in the vehicle direction display is illuminated. When approaching another vehicle too rapidly, the collision alert symbol will flash in the head-up display (if equipped) or a series of red LEDs in the vehicle direction display. Simultaneously an audible alert can sound or the Safety Alert Seat pulses. The visual alert cannot be changed, but the driver can select between audible or haptic alerts in the vehicle personalization menus. The forward collision alert system can also be turned on or off through the vehicle personalization menus. See the user's manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization.
Forward collision alert does not warn the driver of any objects that are not detected as a vehicle, like e.g. pedestrians, animals, signs, guard rails, bridges, construction barrels or other stationary or slow moving objects. The forward collision alert timing sensitivity to control the distance to the vehicle ahead can be set using the forward collision alert switch in the left steering wheel controls.
In some cases the camera may detect a vehicle that is not in the path ahead, or the system may occasionally provide unrealistic alerts. This could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guard rails, traffic signs, or other stationary objects. This is normal operation, the vehicle does not need service. Forward collision alert may sometimes set unnecessary alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.
The forward collision alert system is made up of the following components
- Front view camera module
- Forward collision alert switch
- Instrument cluster / Vehicle direction display
- Radio
- Memory Seat Module and Safety Alert Seat, if equipped
Front View Camera Module
The camera detects vehicles in front of the host vehicle. The front view camera module requests the green vehicle ahead alert indicator in the vehicle direction display ON via serial data when the front view camera system has detected a vehicle in the driving path ahead. The front view camera module also communicates via serial data with the driver information center, radio, and memory seat module to request visual, and audible or haptic alerts.
Forward Collision Alert Switch
The forward collision alert switch provides an input to the front view camera module to select the alert timing sensitivity when approaching another vehicle too rapidly. The front view camera module provides a signal voltage to the normally open switch. When the switch is pressed, the signal circuit is pulled to ground, indicating to the front view camera module that the system has been requested to change the alert timing sensitivity. The first button press shows the current alert timing setting on the driver information center. With every button press, the alert timing sensitivity is changed. The current alert timing setting will be maintained until it is changed. The preset alert timing setting is displayed in the top line of the driver information center. The position of the forward collision alert switch can vary with different vehicles. For the exact position of the switch and possible user settings, please refer to the user's manual.
Instrument Cluster
The Vehicle direction display contains the green vehicle ahead indicator, which indicates to the driver that the Front View Camera system has detected a vehicle in the driving path ahead and is controlled via serial data. When approaching another vehicle too rapidly, the collision alert symbol will flash in the Vehicle direction display. The red Front collision alert display will stay continuously illuminated if the vehicle ahead remains much too close. The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when following too close to the vehicle ahead.
Radio
The radio controls the audible alert for the forward collision alert system. If the host vehicle is approaching another vehicle too rapidly, the radio will command eight beeps as an audible alert to the driver.
Safety Alert Seat
The memory seat module controls the haptic alert provided by the seats. If the vehicle is approaching another vehicle too quickly, the memory seat module will command five pulses to both sides of the seat.
Forward Collision Alert System Driver Information Center Messages
The front view camera module can command the driver information center to display the various messages to alert the driver of a system concern or status information. For detailed information about the possible messages please refer to the user's manual.
Scheme 27
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| DA | Serial Data |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| B218R | B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right |
| A9B | A9B Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger |
| A11 | A11 Radio |
| B218L | B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left |
| A9A | A9A Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver |
| K40 | K40 Seat Memory Control Module |
| P45LR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear |
| P45RR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear |
Description and Operation
The side blind zone alert system shall detect and report "objects of interest" on either side of the vehicle, within a specified "blind spot" zone. The system is designed to alert the driver, with a visual display placed on the side view mirror, to the presence of objects of interest that may not be visible in the inside rearview mirror and outside rear view mirrors. Although this system is intended to help drivers avoid lane change crashes, it does not replace driver vision and therefore should be considered a lane change aid. Even with the side blind zone alert system, the driver must check carefully for objects outside of the reporting zone (e.g., a fast approaching vehicle) before changing lanes. In the event that the system senses a malfunction through its diagnostic routines, the system will be disabled and the driver will be visually notified.
When the system detects a vehicle in the side blind zone while driving forward, an amber warning symbol will light up in the appropriate outside mirror. This indicates that it may be unsafe to change lanes. If the driver then activates the turn signal, the amber warning symbol starts flashing as an extra warning not to change lanes.
Side blind zone alert is active when the vehicle is out of park or the parking brake is off on manual transmission vehicles and at speeds up to approximately 140 km/h (87 MPH). If a vehicle is detected in the blind zone, the warning symbols will turn illuminate on the appropriate side. When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror displays will briefly come on to indicate that the system is operating. The warning symbols will vary brightness based on the ambient light conditions.
Side Blind Zone Alert System Components
The side blind zone alert system is made up of the following components
- Left side object sensor module (also used for rear cross traffic alert)
- Right side object sensor module (also used for rear cross traffic alert)
- Driver outside rearview mirror
- Passenger outside rearview mirror
Side Object Sensor Modules
The side object sensor modules are located on each side of the vehicle behind the rear fascia and are not directly visible from outside the vehicle. The sensors use radar to determine the presence of objects nearby. When an object is detected in the side blind zone, the side object sensor module supplies voltage to illuminate the visual indicator on the appropriate side rear view mirror. Each sensor is supplied B+ and ground. The right sensor receives an additional ground. Both sensors communicate independently on the serial data line. The serial data enters the left sensor in a pass-thru configuration, that connects to the right sensor. The scan tool is able to individually communicate with each sensor.
Outside Rearview Mirrors
The outside rearview mirrors contain an icon that is backlit with high intensity, amber-colored LED's located on the mirror surface. The display brightness adapts to day/night conditions. The side blind zone alert indicator icon in the left or right outside rearview mirror is illuminated if the left or right side object sensor module detects a vehicle in the side blind zone to inform the driver that there is a vehicle driving in the blind spot zone.
Side Blind Zone Alert Operation
When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror displays will briefly come on to indicate that the system is operating. The system is designed to detect objects of interest as small as a 125cc motorcycle with rider. The detection zone starts at the outside rearview mirror and extends out to 3.5 m (11 ft) at the back corner of the vehicle and 3 m (10 ft) behind the vehicle at a height of 0.5 m (1.5 ft) to 2.0 m (6 ft) above the ground. The side blind zone system does not detect stationary objects such as guardrails, posts, curbs, walls, berms, bridges, or parked vehicles.
When the system detects a vehicle in the side blind zone while driving forward, independent if passing a vehicle or being passed, an amber warning symbol will light up in the appropriate outside mirror. This indicates that it may be unsafe to change lanes. If the driver then activates the turn signal, the amber warning symbol starts flashing as an extra warning not to change lanes.
Foul weather may affect the operation of the side blind zone system. Occasional missed alerts can occur under normal circumstances and will increase in wet conditions. The number of missed alerts will increase with increased rainfall or road spray. Heavy rainfall, as well as mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush build-up on the rear fascia, can completely disable the system.
If the vehicle is towing a trailer or has an object such as a bicycle rack attached to the rear of the vehicle, the side blind zone system may not function properly and the indicators may illuminate intermittently or remain illuminated all the time.
Side Blind Zone Alert Driver Information Center Messages
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
This message indicates that the system has been disabled through the driver information center. Refer to the vehicle owners manual for instructions on how to set personalization options on the driver information center.
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
This message indicates that the system requires service. When the message is displayed, the indicators will remain illuminated at all times, notifying the driver that the side blind zone system should not be relied upon when changing lanes. Since the sensors are also used for rear cross traffic alert, this feature will also be inoperative.
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE
This message indicates that the system has been temporarily disabled because the sensor is blocked or can otherwise not accurately detect vehicles or objects. Such instances may be mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush build-up on the rear fascia, heavy rainfall, excessive road spray, fascia damage or stickers.
The rear cross traffic alert system will read the GPS latitude and longitude on the serial data bus and calculate if the vehicle is within a Radio Astronomy zone. These zones are located in Europe and Japan and require the sensors to be turned off. The "Side Detection System Unavailable" message will be displayed to the driver when this occurs.
Scheme 28
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| DA | Serial Data |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| DB | Serial Data - GMLAN Low Speed |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| B218R | B218R Side Object Sensor Module - Right |
| B218L | B218L Side Object Sensor Module - Left |
| A11 | A11 Radio |
| K40 | K40 Seat Memory Control Module |
| P45LR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Left Rear |
| P45RR | Seat Haptic Movement Motor - Driver Right Rear |
The rear cross traffic alert system is designed to provide enhanced customer visibility while backing up by providing warnings to the driver on impending rear cross traffic. The rear cross traffic alert system is designed to detect and track objects of interest within a specified coverage zone behind the vehicle. The system is designed to alert the driver, with a visual display and either an audible sound or a haptic warning, to the presence of objects of interest that may cause a collision with the host vehicle. Although the system is intended to assist drivers in backing up, it does not replace driver's vision. The driver is responsible to check carefully for objects outside of the coverage zone (e.g., a fast approaching vehicle) for a safe backing maneuver. In the event that the system senses a malfunction through its diagnostic functions, the system will be disabled and the driver will be visually notified.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert System Components
The side blind zone alert system is made up of the following components
- Left side object sensor module (also used for side blind zone alert)
- Right side object sensor module (also used for side blind zone alert)
- Visual Display Icons located on the rear vision display screen
- Audio System chime or Haptic Seat notification
Side Object Sensor Modules
The side object sensor modules are located on each side of the vehicle behind the rear fascia and are not directly visible from outside the vehicle. The sensors use radar to determine the presence of objects nearby. When an object is detected in the rear cross traffic zone, the module will send out a signal through serial data communication to turn on the visual icons and also audio chime or haptic notification. Each sensor is supplied B+ and ground. The right sensor receives an additional ground. Both sensors communicate independently on the serial data line. The serial data enters the left sensor in a pass-thru configuration, that connects to the right sensor. The scan tool is able to individually communicate with each sensor.
Display Icons
The rear cross traffic alert system visual alert display consists of two visual icons, one on each side of the display screen of the rear vision camera, that are used to alert the driver on rear cross traffic from each side of the host vehicle respectively.
Audio or Haptic Notification
The alert output type can be driver selected to either audio or haptic. The chime location will be left rear for left rear cross traffic alert and right rear for right rear cross traffic alert. The haptic seat system response will be to generate 3 repetitions of haptic vibration in the left rear area of the seat for left cross traffic alert and right rear area of the seat for right cross traffic alert. If there is a problem with the haptic seats, the audio chime will be substituted.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert Operation
The rear cross traffic alert system is designed to detect objects of interest as small as a 125cc motorcycle with rider. The detection zone extends approximately 30m (99 ft) from the rear corner of the car and covers an area from behind the vehicle to 125 degrees towards the front at a height of 0.45m (1.5 ft) to 2M (6.5 ft) above ground. The system operates when vehicle speed is 10 kph (6 mph) or less and is designed to detect objects moving at speeds up to 36 kph (22 mph).
When the vehicle is backing up, the side object sensors receive energy that is reflected from external objects and determine if the objects are objects of interest or not. The system may at times detect pedestrians, shopping carts, or similar moving objects. This is normal and should not be considered as a false alert or problem with the system. The rear cross traffic alert system will estimate vehicle travel trajectory and use the information in conjunction with object travel trajectory information to determine if there is a potential collision between the vehicle and the object of interest. The rear cross traffic alert function will only alert on objects of interest that pose a potential collision with the host vehicle. The system is not designed to provide an alert to objects that have no potential collision with vehicle. In addition, the system will not alert to stationary objects such as signs, parked cars, etc.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver Information Center Messages
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT OFF
This message indicates that the system has been disabled through the driver information center. Refer to the vehicle owners manual for instructions on how to set personalization options on the driver information center.
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
This message indicates that the system requires service. Since the sensors are also used for side blind zone alert, this feature will also be inoperative.
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE
This message indicates that the system has been temporarily disabled because the sensor is blocked or can otherwise not accurately detect vehicles or objects. Such instances may be mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush build-up on the rear fascia, heavy rainfall, excessive road spray, fascia damage or stickers.
The rear cross traffic alert system will read the GPS latitude and longitude on the serial data bus and calculate if the vehicle is within a Radio Astronomy zone. These zones are located in Europe and Japan and require the sensors to be turned off. The "Side Detection System Unavailable" message will be displayed to the driver when this occurs.
Scheme 29
| Callout | Component Name |
|---|---|
| DA | Serial Data |
| DA | Serial Data |
| DA | Serial Data |
| DA | Serial Data |
| DA | Serial Data |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| HW | Hard-Wired |
| DA | Serial Data |
| DA | Serial Data |
| DA | Serial Data |
| B233LF | Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Left Front |
| B233B | Radar Sensor Module - Long Range |
| B233RF | Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Right Front |
| K109 | K109 Frontview Camera Module |
| B233R | Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Rear |
| K124 | Active Safety Control Module |
| S48C | S48C Multifunction Switch 1 - Instrument Panel |
| S48D | S48D Multifunction Switch 2 - Instrument Panel |
The active safety system analyzes data from various sensors and modules to provide multiple features. It is made up of the following components
- Active Safety Control Module
- Park Assist Switch and Indicator
- Lane Departure Warning Switch and Indicator
- Frontview Camera Module
- Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Left Front
- Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Right Front
- Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
- Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Rear
Component Descriptions
Active Safety Control Module
The active safety control module analyzes data from various modules, sensors, and switches to provide enhanced safety features. In addition to providing alerts, the active safety control module will provide driver assistance through integrated brake assist, automatic collision preparation, rear emergency braking, and adaptive cruise control. Inputs and outputs can either be connected directly to the active safety control module or communicate though serial data. The active safety control module communicates on a dedicated object bus to all four radar sensor modules and the frontview camera module. A fault on the object bus may result in multiple DTCs since the active safety control module may not be able to communicate with some or all modules on the bus. See Data Link Communications Description and Operation for more serial data information.
Forward collision alert, lane departure warning, and park assist alerts can be user selected to either a haptic signal utilizing the driver's haptic signal motor seat or using beeps through the audio system. This setting can be found in the vehicle personalization menus. See the owner's manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, N America) for more information on haptic signal motor seats.
If there is a DTC set in any of the modules that the active safety control module uses as inputs, it will send a "Service Driver Assist" to the instrument cluster to alert the driver of a problem with the system. No other specific details are given unless the driver attempts to activate a specific system. For example if the driver attempts to turn on lane departure warning, the instrument cluster will display "Lane Departure Unavailable" and the indictor will flash and then go out. A scan tool must be used to read the DTCs that are causing the malfunction to help find the problem. Some of the inputs to the active safety control module can affect forward facing features, rear facing features, or all features. Systems to check to determine which area to focus are rear park assist for rear features, and lane departure warning and adaptive cruise control for front features. If none of the active safety system features are operative, there may be an issue with another module on the vehicle not providing the proper data to the active safety control module. If all active safety control module features are inoperative, check the Adaptive Cruise Control Inhibit History and Disengage History scan tool data for the reason for the malfunction. Definitions of parameters and suggestions on what to look for can be found in Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information . Any item with a "Yes" was the reason why the adaptive cruise control system was inoperative at that time. In some cases verifying the module is the correct part number, has the latest version of software is necessary, and is calibrated properly.
- Active Safety Control Module Inputs: EBCM Forward Collision Alert Switch Front and Rear Park Assist Module Frontview Camera Module Lane Departure Warning Switch Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Park Assist Switch Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Left Front Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Right Front Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Rear Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Wheel Speed Sensors
- Active Safety Control Module Outputs: BCM EBCM ECM Instrument Cluster (for alerts and heads up display if equipped) Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Memory Seat Module (for haptic seat alerts) ONSTAR Park Assist Switch Indicator Radio (for audio alerts) TCM
Forward Collision Alert Switch
The forward collision alert system can be adjusted to set the range of the warning by pressing the forward collision alert switch. The forward collision alert can be set to Far, Medium, Near, or Off. See owners manual for exact location of the forward collision alert switch. The forward collision alert switch is hard-wired to the body control module and is communicated to the active safety control module through serial data.
Front and Rear Park Assist Module
The front and rear park assist module uses ultrasonic object sensors located in the front and rear bumper fascia to provide distance measurements to nearby objects. The front and rear park assist module sends rear object data to the active safety control module on the Low Speed GMLAN.
Frontview Camera Module
The frontview camera module is located behind the windshield, looking out at the road ahead and detects lane markings and vehicles directly ahead, within a distance of approximately 60 meters (197 ft). The frontview camera module is used for lane departure warning and forward collision alert systems. The frontview camera module communicates on the object bus to the active safety control module.
Using information from the frontview camera module, the active safety control module will alert the driver to a vehicle ahead and provide forward collision alert and lane departure warnings. The alerts and warnings can be user-selected to be audible through the audio system or haptic using the active safety seat.
Lane Departure Warning Switch
The lane departure warning feature can be activated or deactivated by pressing the lane departure warning switch. See owners manual for exact location of the lane departure warning switch. The lane departure warning switch is hard-wired to the active safety control module. The switch contains a LED that is controlled by the active safety control module to indicate if lane departure warning feature is enabled.
Parking Assist Switch
Parking assist can be activated or deactivated by pressing the parking assist switch. See owners manual for exact location of the park assist switch. The parking assist switch is hard-wired to the active safety control module. The switch contains a LED that is controlled by the active safety control module to indicate if the parking assist feature is enabled.
Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
The radar sensor module - long range is located behind the front grille emblem and is used in the 30-200 meters (98-656 ft) range. The radar sensor module - long range communicates on the object bus to the active safety control module. In addition to the wiring harness ground, the module is grounded through the mounting bracket.
Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Left Front
The radar sensor module - short range left front is located behind the front bumper fascia and detects objects out to approximately 30 meters (98 ft). The radar sensor module - short range left front communicates on the object bus to the active safety control module.
Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Right Front
The radar sensor module - short range right front is located behind the front bumper fascia and detects objects out to approximately 30 meters (98 ft). The radar sensor module - short range right front communicates on the object bus to the active safety control module.
Radar Sensor Module - Short Range Rear
The radar sensor module - short range rear is located behind the rear bumper fascia and detects objects out to approximately 30 meters (98 ft). The radar sensor module - short range rear communicates on the object bus to the active safety control module. The radar sensor module - short range rear output data, along with the rear park assist output data, is used for rear emergency automatic braking.
Adaptive Cruise Control
The front long range, front short range radars, and front view camera scans the road environment to detect targets within its specified field of view. With input from the front radars and front view camera the active safety control module controller then makes throttle and/or brake commands to the engine control module (ECM) and electronic brake control module (EBCM) via the serial data circuit in order to control the vehicle acceleration/deceleration based on the data from the radar. The ECM and EBCM provide throttle control and automatic braking needed for proper cruise speed adjustment.
Active cruise control allows a driver to set and maintain a following distance to the preceding nearest vehicle in the path ahead. The active safety control module controller calculates a follow speed limit to ensure an acceptable distance is maintained to the preceding vehicle in front, should one be present. The adaptive cruise control system automatically adjusts the speed when the vehicle comes up behind a slower travelling vehicle in front. The system applies limited automatic braking and throttle control without driver input when necessary to maintain the set following distance. The preceding vehicle's speed and acceleration along with the active cruise control vehicle speed and acceleration and the distance between the 2 vehicles are factors used by the active safety control module controller to determine the follow speed limit. The vehicle speeds up to the original driver selected set speed when the pathway becomes clear without driver input.
Automatic Collision Preparation System
With the input from the front camera module, front long range radar and front short range radar, the active safety control module prepares the vehicle's braking system to reduce brake response time. Once the collision is deemed unavoidable, and if the driver still does not react more aggressively, braking is applied automatically. The system may help reduce collision damage and may even help avoid some crashes at very low speeds.
Forward Collision Alert
With input from the frontview camera module and front short and long range radar modules, the active safety control module evaluates collision threats in the vehicle's forward path and alerts the driver of a potential collision. Alerts will only be possible if the system has detected a vehicle ahead and turned on the green vehicle ahead indicator. The active safety control module will send a command via serial data to turn on the forward collision alert telltale when approaching a vehicle directly ahead too quickly. The active safety control module will also send a command via serial data to pulse the driver seat (if equipped and enabled) or create a beeping noise through the speakers when approaching a vehicle directly ahead too quickly.
Lane Departure Warning
With input from the frontview camera module the active safety control module will issue a warning via serial data to the instrument cluster to turn on the lane departure warning telltale when the system detects that the vehicle has unintentionally crossed a lane marking. In addition, an audible alert or haptic alert will signal the driver the vehicle has unintentionally left the lane. The memory seat module will command three pulses to the left or right side of the seat depending on the lane departure direction. The front view camera is located behind the windshield, looking out at the road ahead and detecting any lane markings. The system can be turned off by using the lane departure warning switch.
The lane departure warning telltale will be illuminated green when the system is ready to assist and will be a flashing an amber color when crossing the lane unintentionally.
Integrated Brake Assist
With the input from the frontview camera module, front long range radar and front short range radar, the active safety control module provides a boost to the driver's commanded braking as much as is needed to potentially avoid a frontal impact. Integrated brake assist may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead. The driver can override this behavior by releasing the brake pedal or pressing the accelerator pedal.
Rear Emergency Automatic Braking
The rear automatic braking system is designed to help avoid or reduce the harm caused by backing crashes. If the system detects the vehicle is backing too fast to avoid a collision, it may automatically brake hard to a stop.
With the input from the rear short range radar and park assist system, the active safety control module attempts to avoid imminent collision by automatically braking the vehicle when going in reverse. Two levels of warning are used to encourage the driver to take control. The first level will pulse the left and right sides of the seat twice (if equipped and enabled) or beep once when an object is first detected. When the system detects a potential collision, the second level will provide five pulses on the left and right sides of the driver seat or five beeps, and there may be a brief, sharp application of the brakes.
Pressing the brake pedal after the vehicle comes to a stop will release the rear automatic braking. Also, when it is safe to do so, pressing the accelerator pedal firmly at any time will override the rear automatic braking.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
With input from the frontview camera module and front long range radar, the active safety control module will issue a command via serial data to turn on the green vehicle ahead indicator. This is an indication that the forward collision system is ready to assist.
Driver Information Center Messages
Adaptive Cruise Control Temporarily Unavailable
The active safety control module will send this message if the adaptive cruise control has been disengage or disabled. There are many reasons that can cause this, some will also set DTCs. Check vehicle for DTCs and also check the Adaptive Cruise Control Inhibit History and Disengage History scantool data. Definitions of parameters can be found in Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information .
Park Assist Temporarily Unavailable
This message sets if there is a problem with the park assist feature. Check vehicle for DTCs. Verify if the problem is with park assist only or if lane departure warning and adaptive cruise control are also inoperative. If all are inoperative, check the Adaptive Cruise Control Inhibit History and Disengage History scantool data for the reason for the malfunction. Definitions of parameters can be found in Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information .
Service Adaptive Cruise Control and Service Front Camera
The message is set if the Active Safety Control Module is not communicating to the instrument cluster. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Service Driver Assist System
This message can be set by either the Active Safety Control Module if there is a problem with the driver assist system or by the Memory Seat Module if there is a problem with the haptic seat circuits. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Pedestrian Impact Detection System Description and Operation
The pedestrian impact detection systems primary function is to provide supplemental protection to vulnerable road users involved in vehicle impacts. The pedestrian impact detection system is also known as the active pedestrian protection system. The pedestrian impact detection system is a functional system for raising the hood to provide sufficient vertical deformation space under the hood. In Europe and Japan an active pedestrian impact detection system is necessary for vehicles which do not provide the required deformation space under the hood. The pedestrian impact detection system includes the following components
- Pedestrian Impact Detection Module
- Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Left
- Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Upper Beam Front Right
- Two Hood Hinge Actuators
The pedestrian impact detection system will sense and discriminate vulnerable road user impacts and deploy the hood hinge actuators to lift the rear section of the hood in a timely manner to help reduce pedestrian head injuries. The term "deployment" applies to the activation of the hood via the hood actuators. The pedestrian impact detection system is designed to sense and discriminate road user impacts (eg. pedestrian, cyclist) from other types of impacts in order to properly deploy the hood actuators. No actions or inputs are required from the driver or passenger to trigger this device. The pedestrian impact detection module uses two Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors connected together by a tube to get force information needed for the deployment of the hood hinge actuators. The pedestrian impact detection module deploys the hood actuators using two deployment loops. The pedestrian impact detection system only operates at vehicles speeds between 22 km/h (14 mph) to 50 km/h (31 mph). The pedestrian impact detection module detects internal and interface faults and commands the Service Pedestrian Protection System message in the driver information center to indicate a system fault.
After a deployment event, the vehicle operator is able to reset the hood to its normal driving position. Refer to the Owner's Manual for more information. After resetting the hood, the pedestrian impact detection system is not required to be fully functional. For full functionality, it is necessary to replace system component(s) at an approved service facility.
Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensors
The K42 Pedestrian Impact Detection Control Module provides a two wire current loop interface to the Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Right Front and Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor - Left Front. The pedestrian impact detection module also provides power and ground to the sensors over the same two wire discrete interface. The two sensors are connected together by a tube and are serviced as an assembly.
If the sensors are replaced, visually inspect the front fascia and front bumper fascia energy absorber for cracks or other damage that may interfere with proper operation of the system. Replace any damaged parts.
Hood Hinge Actuators
The pedestrian hood actuators deploy only when a valid signal whose energy is capable of triggering deployment of the hood is present. The pedestrian hood actuators only deploy in those events where the activation of the hood is expected. The hood actuator is not expected to deploy in low severity event where the risk of injury is low or in a high severity event like car to car crash. During a frontal pedestrian impact of sufficient force, the pedestrian impact detection module will allow current to flow through the deployment loops in order to deploy the hood hinge actuators. The pedestrian impact detection module also performs continuous diagnostic tests on the deployment loops to check for proper circuit continuity, shorts to ground and shorts voltage. In order to prevent unwanted deployment of the actuator during service, the hood hinge actuator contains 2 shorting bars that will short both high and low circuit pins when disconnected. The pedestrian impact detection module only issues a deployment command when a valid Pedestrian Impact Detection Sensor signal or confirmation has been generated. No inadvertent deployments will occur in any deployment loop due to a single point fault.
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Haptic Signal Motor Seat)
The Active Safety Seats provide a vibration in the driver's seat bottom cushion to alert the driver of a number of concerns. There are two motors providing the vibration and are located on the left and right sides. Depending on the alert, either the left, right or both motors will activate.
The Active Safety Seat is made up of the following components
- Seat Memory Control Module
- Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Left Rear
- Haptic Signal Motor - Driver Right Rear
Seat Memory Control Module
The Seat Memory Control Module receives serial data messages from other modules and provides a voltage output to turn on the haptic signal motors. The Seat Memory Control Module will pulse the left, right, or both motors the number of pulses requested over serial data. The module monitors the circuits for open, short to ground, and short to voltage conditions and will set DTCs if a problem is detected. The modules that can request haptic motor operation are
- Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module (Front and Rear Parking Assist)
- Vehicle Camera Module (Lane Departure Warning, Forward Collision Alert)
- Side Object Sensor Modules (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
Haptic Signal Motors - Driver Left Rear and Driver Right Rear
The motors are located in the driver's seat bottom cushion and are positioned on the left and right sides. The motors are connected to ground and receive voltage from the Seat Memory Control Module. There are no connectors other than at the Seat Memory Control Module.
Active Safety Seat Operation
System operation can be described by the following alerts
- Front and Rear Parking Assist - when an object is first detected both motors will be pulsed twice. If a potential crash is detected, both motors will be pulsed five times.
- Lane Departure Warning - when the vehicle crosses a lane marking either the left or right motor will be pulsed three times depending on which side the warning is for.
- Forward Collision Alert warning - both motors will be pulsed five times.
- Rear Cross Traffic Alert - When backing up, if rear cross traffic is detected, either the left or right motor will be pulsed three times, depending on which side the warning is for.
Active Safety Seat
The user can select between haptic or audible (beeps) alerts. This setting can be found in the vehicle personalization menus. See the user's manual for more detailed information on vehicle personalization.
The adaptive cruise control system is an enhanced cruise control system with the ability to sense and react to forward traffic. Compared to the common cruise control system found on many vehicles, the main functional enhancement of the adaptive cruise control system is the ability to detect the presence of a vehicle in the path of the adaptive cruise control vehicle. Adaptive cruise control retains the existing cruise control feature that controls the vehicle speed to the driver selected speed. However, adaptive cruise control allows a driver to set and maintain a following distance to the preceding nearest vehicle in the path ahead. The active safety control module controller calculates a follow speed limit to ensure an acceptable distance is maintained to the preceding vehicle in front, should one be present. The adaptive cruise control system automatically adjusts the speed when the vehicle comes up behind a slower travelling vehicle in front. The system applies limited automatic braking and throttle control without driver input when necessary to maintain the set following distance. The preceding vehicle's speed and acceleration along with the active cruise control vehicle speed and acceleration and the distance between the two vehicles are factors used by the active safety control module controller to determine the follow speed limit. The vehicle speeds up to the original driver selected set speed when the pathway becomes clear without driver input.
Adaptive Cruise Control Description
The adaptive cruise control functionality depends on various modules on the vehicle to function and each module performs a function that is critical to the proper operation of the adaptive cruise control system. Adaptive cruise control will not operate if any components fail. Communication between modules is via serial data. The following is a functional description of the active safety control module and the other associated components
Active Safety Control Module
The Active Safety Control Module analyzes data from various modules, sensors, and switches to provide enhanced safety features. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, N America) for more information. In addition to enhanced safety features, the active safety control module provides the adaptive cruise control system functionality. The active safety control module analyzes data from the long range radar sensor module, front short range radar sensor modules, and frontview camera module to identify and classify objects in the road environment. The system scans the road environment to detect targets within its specified field of view. The active safety control module then sends throttle and/or brake commands to the engine control module (ECM) and electronic brake control module (EBCM) via serial data in order to control the vehicle acceleration/deceleration based on the data from the modules. The ECM and EBCM provide throttle control and automatic braking needed for proper cruise speed adjustment. The following is a list of the active safety control module functions pertaining to the adaptive cruise control functionality
- The active safety control module processes the road environment to get data concerning any vehicle ahead of the adaptive cruise control vehicle. Detection, parameter estimation, tracking, object classification and diagnostics are the primary functions. When an object is detected, the controller calculates the object range, range rate, acceleration and azimuth angle parameters.
- The active safety control module performs adaptive cruise control state processing automatically - distance control or speed control. The adaptive cruise control operates in 2 possible states - cruise or follow. The normal operating state is cruise, whereby the vehicle speed is controlled to match the driver selected set speed. When a preceding forward target is identified, the adaptive cruise control system will automatically transition into the follow speed state to provide proper lane spacing behind the target vehicle in front. The preceding vehicle's speed and acceleration, with the adaptive cruise control vehicle speed, acceleration and distance between the two vehicles will be used to determine the adaptive cruise control follow speed limit. The adaptive cruise control follow speed limit will ensure that an acceptable distance is maintained to the preceding vehicle.
- The active safety control module determines the follow speed limit for throttle control by the ECM.
- The active safety control module arbitrates the adaptive cruise control system brake and throttle control between the EBCM and the ECM.
- The active safety control module requests brake light activation during automatic braking.
- The active safety control module provides operational feedback to the vehicle driver. The active safety control module sends signals for telltales and messages to be displayed on the instrument cluster or driver information center.
Body Control Module (BCM)
The following are the adaptive cruise control System functions provided by the BCM
- The BCM provides a translating gateway for the high speed GMLAN serial data circuit.
- The BCM reads all cruise control switches and the gap switch. The active safety control module monitors a variety of user operated switches from the BCM switch status information sent via the GMLAN serial data circuit.
- The BCM illuminates the brake light based on a GMLAN message from the active safety control module during automatic braking.
- The BCM measures the brake pedal position and sends brake pedal travel status via GMLAN serial data circuit to the ECM. The ECM disengages the adaptive cruise control system when the brake is applied by the driver pressing the brake pedal.
- The BCM serves as a gateway to the instrument cluster and driver information center. The BCM will generate visual warnings based on high speed GMLAN serial data messages from the active safety control module.
Engine Control Module (ECM)
The following are the adaptive cruise control system functions performed by the ECM
- The ECM provides the electronic throttle control to the adaptive cruise control System. The ECM is also responsible for determining when a driver is overriding the adaptive cruise control throttle position by pressing the accelerator pedal.
- The ECM processes the cruise control switch requests received via the GMLAN serial data circuit from the BCM. Engaging and disengaging the adaptive cruise control system are functions performed by the ECM.
- The ECM determines the driver selected vehicle speed. Unless the adaptive cruise control module requests a lower vehicle speed, the ECM will control the vehicle speed to the driver selected set speed.
- The ECM allows automatic braking without disengaging the adaptive cruise control.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The following are the adaptive cruise control System functions performed by the EBCM
- The EBCM controls the operation of the Antilock Brake System.
- The EBCM provides automatic braking for the adaptive cruise control system. The active safety control module will request vehicle deceleration via high speed GMLAN serial data circuit.
- The EBCM determines when the driver-applied brake pressure is active. The EBCM will communicate this status via the GMLAN serial data circuit to the BCM.
- The EBCM releases vehicle automatic braking when there is a throttle override by the driver pressing the accelerator.
- The EBCM predicts brake temperatures. Due to automatic braking, the brake system may overheat. When the brakes are overheated, the EBCM requests the adaptive cruise control System to be temporarily shut down by the ECM until the brakes cool to a normal operating temperature.
Refer to ABS Description and Operation .
Transmission Control Module (TCM)
The transmission control module (TCM) provides a down shift to protect the brakes. When the TCM detects some driver braking activity or adaptive cruise control automatic braking activity, the TCM down shifts the vehicle transmission to increase engine braking. This helps reduce braking activity, extend brake pad life and reduce brake system overheating.
Driver Information Center
The driver information center is a part of the instrument cluster and displays the adaptive cruise control system warning messages. The active safety control module requests messages to be displayed on the driver information center by sending a GMLAN request to the BCM. The BCM sends a GMLAN serial data request to the instrument cluster demanding the display of the warning message. When the message is acknowledged by the driver and the cause of the message resolved, the driver information center turns the message off. The adaptive cruise control system will not operate if the driver information center fails.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor
The BCM monitors the brake pedal position sensor in order to determine when pressure is being applied to the brake by the driver stepping on the brake pedal. The brake pedal position sensor receives a low reference signal and a 5 V reference from the BCM. When the brake is applied, a signal is applied from the brake pedal position sensor through the brake pedal position sensor signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM utilizes this signal in deciding when to command the activation of the stop lamps. The BCM continuously sends signals via the GMLAN serial data circuit to the EBCM and the ECM reflecting the brake pedal position status. This will include the initial brake travel signal required for the activation of the adaptive cruise control system. The adaptive cruise control system will not engage unless the initial brake pedal travel signal is valid and received by the BCM. When the BCM brake pedal position signal indicates that brake pedal pressure is being applied by the driver when the adaptive cruise control System is engaged, the ECM immediately disengages the adaptive cruise control System. Re-engaging the adaptive cruise control System will require the driver pressing the set or resume switch. Refer to Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration , and to Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation for more information on the brake pedal pressure sensor.
Accelerator Pedal
Deceleration of the adaptive cruise control vehicle to maintain a certain distance and speed while a slower moving vehicle is in its path is achieved through throttle control by the ECM and the application of automatic braking by the EBCM. During automatic braking the ECM is commanded to release the throttle from the currently controlled cruise position by the active safety control module. At the end of automatic braking, the ECM will control the vehicle speed to the current set vehicle speed. Driver throttle override occurs when the driver of the adaptive cruise control vehicle depresses the accelerator pedal with the intention of requesting greater speed than the current throttle position. An example is an adaptive cruise control vehicle driver stepping on the accelerator for a passing maneuver. The ECM continuously monitors the throttle and reports a throttle override condition. When no throttle override is present, automatic braking is allowed. When throttle override is detected by the ECM, automatic braking in not allowed to affect the vehicle acceleration.
Cruise Control Switch
The cruise control switch, functionally is a common feature that is shared between the adaptive cruise control system and the regular cruise control system. The adaptive cruise control system will not operate if any cruise switch fails. The cruise control switch comprises the following cruise control function switches
- On/Off switch
- Set/decrease switch
- Resume/increase switch
The cruise control function switches are arranged in a resistive ladder design whereby each switch function is set up with different resistance values. The BCM through the cruise control switch signal circuit detects a predetermined voltage value when any cruise control switch function is activated. The associated cruise control function signal detected by the BCM is then sent to the engine control module (ECM) as a GMLAN serial data circuit message. The ECM on receiving the message provides the cruise control function requested by the BCM. The ECM is responsible for recognizing and responding to cruise control switch requests sent by the BCM. The cruise control function switches are used by the ECM to communicate to the active safety control module the driver selected vehicle speed. The driver selected vehicle speed is communicated through GMLAN serial data circuit to the active safety control module and the BCM. The adaptive cruise control system engages and adjusts vehicle speeds based on the activation of the following cruise control function switches
On/Off Switch
The BCM monitors the switch signal circuit in order to determine when the On/Off switch is disabled or activated. The BCM detects a predetermined voltage value on the switch signal circuit. The On/Off switch state is then relayed to the ECM via the GMLAN serial data circuit. The ECM sends the On/Off switch input status to the active safety control module. When the On/Off switch is turned ON, the adaptive cruise control system enters either a standby enabled or a standby disabled mode. The standby enabled mode indicates that every condition required for the adaptive cruise control system to function has been met, but the adaptive cruise control is not engaged. When the adaptive cruise control is in the standby disabled mode, the conditions necessary for the adaptive cruise control system to function has not been met. When the On/Off switch is turned OFF, the adaptive cruise control will enter the disabled mode. The adaptive cruise control will not activate in the disabled mode.
Set/Decrease Switch
The adaptive cruise control system is engaged when the adaptive cruise control On/Off switch is turned ON and the set/decrease switch is momentarily pressed and released . When the set/decrease switch is pressed, the selected vehicle speed is set to the current vehicle speed by the ECM. The vehicle speed must be at or greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH). The selected vehicle speed is displayed by the driver information center. While in the engaged state, the selected vehicle speed and the following distance can be adjusted. Pressing and holding the set/decrease switch, when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged, will decrease the selected vehicle speed without deactivating the adaptive cruise control. Momentarily pressing and releasing the set/decrease switch, when the adaptive cruise control is engaged, decreased the selected vehicle speed by 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) for each time that the set/decrease switch is pressed.
Resume/Increase Switch
The resume/increase switch is used in order to increase the selected vehicle speed when adaptive cruise control is active. The amount selected vehicle speed can be increased from the resume/increase switch depends on how long the switch is pressed. The presence of a slower moving vehicle in the path of the adaptive cruise control vehicle will limit the extent to which the selected vehicle speed can be achieved. If there is no preceding vehicle in front, limiting the adaptive cruise control vehicle acceleration, then the vehicle speed that is attained is the new selected vehicle speed. The current selected vehicle speed is displayed by the driver information center. Acceleration is terminated when the resume/increase switch is released. Momentarily pressing and releasing the resume/increase switch will allow the selected vehicle to accelerate in at 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) increments for each time that the resume/increase switch is momentarily pressed.
Gap Switch
The gap switch allows the driver to determine how closely the adaptive cruise control vehicle follows a target vehicle while adaptive cruise control is engaged. When the adaptive cruise control vehicle speed is being limited due to a slower travelling vehicle, the adaptive cruise control vehicle speed is automatically controlled to the follow speed limit. The gap switch has 3 following distance selections that range from 1-2 s. The gap switch following distance between the adaptive cruise control vehicle and the target vehicle is expressed in time as opposed to actual distance. The distance maintained for a selected gap will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the further back you will follow. The gap setting can only be adjusted when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged. The gap switch is hard-wired to the BCM. Based on voltage variations, the BCM is able to read the gap switch selection and communicates the switch status on the GMLAN serial data circuit to the active safety control module. The gap switch is a momentary switch.
The initial push of the gap switch recalls the current setting and activates the display. Subsequent pushes of the gap switch will change the gap setting.
Driver Information Messages
Adaptive Cruise Control Temporarily Unavailable
The active safety control module will send this message if the adaptive cruise control has been disengage or disabled. There are many reasons that can cause this, some will also set DTCs. Check vehicle for DTCs and also check the adaptive cruise control enable and disengage scan tool data. Definitions of parameters can be found in active safety control module scan tool information.
Service Driver Assist System
This message can be set by either the active safety control module if there is a problem with the driver assist system or by the memory seat module if there is a problem with the haptic seat circuits. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Service Adaptive Cruise Control and Service Front Camera
The message is set if the active safety control module is not communicating to the instrument cluster. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Set Speed
The adaptive cruise control vehicle set speed is displayed at all times in the driver information center when adaptive cruise control is engaged. The active safety control module set speed display request is sent to the instrument cluster via the GMLAN serial data circuit.
Follow Distance
The driver information center displays the driver selected following distance when adaptive cruise control is engaged and the gap switch is active. The current follow distance setting is displayed in the driver information center for a few seconds after the gap switch is pressed to increase or decrease the following distance. The active safety control module follow distance display request is sent to the instrument cluster via the GMLAN serial data circuit.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
The vehicle ahead indicator is displayed in the instrument cluster hen the radar identifies an in-path vehicle. The vehicle ahead indicator is a warning to the driver that a vehicle is ahead. The indicator also serves as a feedback to the driver that the radar is functioning properly. The active safety control module commands the display of the vehicle ahead indicator via a GMLAN serial data message to the instrument cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator only displays with the adaptive cruise control active and may sometimes display for stationary road objects.
Cruise Engaged
The adaptive cruise control system will engage and adjust vehicle speeds based on the activation of the following cruise switches
- On/off
- Set/decrease
- Resume/increase
Adaptive cruise control will not engage if any inhibit criteria is active. Also, the driver must step on the brakes at each ignition cycle before attempting to engage adaptive cruise control. The engine control module (ECM) looks to the BCM for the brake initial travel achieved signal indicating that the driver has stepped on the brakes before attempting to engage adaptive cruise control.
The vehicle speed must be above 45 km/h (28 MPH) and below 190 km/h (118 MPH) for the adaptive cruise control System to be engaged. In the engaged state, the adaptive cruise control System allows the driver to override the controlled vehicle speed temporarily while still remaining in the engaged state.
Cruise Inhibited
Active Safety Control Module Inhibits
The active safety control module inhibits the adaptive cruise control system when certain conditions exist. Refer to Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information for details.
Cruise Disengaged
Active Safety Control Module Disengagement
The Adaptive Cruise Control System disengages when certain conditions occur. Refer to Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information for details.
The adaptive cruise control system is an enhanced cruise control system with the ability to sense and react to forward traffic. Compared to the common cruise control system found on many vehicles, the main functional enhancement of the adaptive cruise control system is the ability to detect the presence of a vehicle in the path of the adaptive cruise control vehicle. Adaptive cruise control retains the existing cruise control feature that controls the vehicle speed to the driver selected speed. However, adaptive cruise control allows a driver to set and maintain a following distance to the preceding nearest vehicle in the path ahead. The active safety control module controller calculates a follow speed limit to ensure an acceptable distance is maintained to the preceding vehicle in front, should one be present. The adaptive cruise control system automatically adjusts the speed when the vehicle comes up behind a slower travelling vehicle in front. The system applies limited automatic braking and throttle control without driver input when necessary to maintain the set following distance. The preceding vehicle's speed and acceleration along with the active cruise control vehicle speed and acceleration and the distance between the two vehicles are factors used by the active safety control module controller to determine the follow speed limit. The vehicle speeds up to the original driver selected set speed when the pathway becomes clear without driver input.
The adaptive cruise control functionality depends on various modules on the vehicle to function and each module performs a function that is critical to the proper operation of the adaptive cruise control system. Adaptive cruise control will not operate if any components fail. Communication between modules is via serial data. The following is a functional description of the active safety control module and the other associated components
Active Safety Control Module
The Active Safety Control Module analyzes data from various modules, sensors, and switches to provide enhanced safety features. Refer to Object Detection Description and Operation (with Adaptive Cruise Control, KSG, except N America) for more information. In addition to enhanced safety features, the active safety control module provides the adaptive cruise control system functionality. The active safety control module analyzes data from the long range radar sensor module and frontview camera module to identify and classify objects in the road environment. The system scans the road environment to detect targets within its specified field of view. The active safety control module then sends throttle and/or brake commands to the engine control module (ECM) and electronic brake control module (EBCM) via serial data in order to control the vehicle acceleration/deceleration based on the data from the modules. The ECM and EBCM provide throttle control and automatic braking needed for proper cruise speed adjustment. The following is a list of the active safety control module functions pertaining to the adaptive cruise control functionality
- The active safety control module processes the road environment to get data concerning any vehicle ahead of the adaptive cruise control vehicle. Detection, parameter estimation, tracking, object classification and diagnostics are the primary functions. When an object is detected, the controller calculates the object range, range rate, acceleration and azimuth angle parameters.
- The active safety control module performs adaptive cruise control state processing automatically - distance control or speed control. The adaptive cruise control operates in 2 possible states - cruise or follow. The normal operating state is cruise, whereby the vehicle speed is controlled to match the driver selected set speed. When a preceding forward target is identified, the adaptive cruise control system will automatically transition into the follow speed state to provide proper lane spacing behind the target vehicle in front. The preceding vehicle's speed and acceleration, with the adaptive cruise control vehicle speed, acceleration and distance between the two vehicles will be used to determine the adaptive cruise control follow speed limit. The adaptive cruise control follow speed limit will ensure that an acceptable distance is maintained to the preceding vehicle.
- The active safety control module determines the follow speed limit for throttle control by the ECM.
- The active safety control module arbitrates the adaptive cruise control system brake and throttle control between the EBCM and the ECM.
- The active safety control module requests brake light activation during automatic braking.
- The active safety control module provides operational feedback to the vehicle driver. The active safety control module sends signals for telltales and messages to be displayed on the instrument cluster or driver information center.
Body Control Module (BCM)
The following are the adaptive cruise control System functions provided by the BCM
- The BCM provides a translating gateway for the high speed GMLAN serial data circuit.
- The BCM reads all cruise control switches and the gap switch. The active safety control module monitors a variety of user operated switches from the BCM switch status information sent via the GMLAN serial data circuit.
- The BCM illuminates the brake light based on a GMLAN message from the active safety control module during automatic braking.
- The BCM measures the brake pedal position and sends brake pedal travel status via GMLAN serial data circuit to the ECM. The ECM disengages the adaptive cruise control system when the brake is applied by the driver pressing the brake pedal.
- The BCM serves as a gateway to the instrument cluster and driver information center. The BCM will generate visual warnings based on high speed GMLAN serial data messages from the active safety control module.
Engine Control Module (ECM)
The following are the adaptive cruise control system functions performed by the ECM
- The ECM provides the electronic throttle control to the adaptive cruise control System. The ECM is also responsible for determining when a driver is overriding the adaptive cruise control throttle position by pressing the accelerator pedal.
- The ECM processes the cruise control switch requests received via the GMLAN serial data circuit from the BCM. Engaging and disengaging the adaptive cruise control system are functions performed by the ECM.
- The ECM determines the driver selected vehicle speed. Unless the adaptive cruise control module requests a lower vehicle speed, the ECM will control the vehicle speed to the driver selected set speed.
- The ECM allows automatic braking without disengaging the adaptive cruise control.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The following are the adaptive cruise control System functions performed by the EBCM
- The EBCM controls the operation of the Antilock Brake System.
- The EBCM provides automatic braking for the adaptive cruise control system. The active safety control module will request vehicle deceleration via high speed GMLAN serial data circuit.
- The EBCM determines when the driver-applied brake pressure is active. The EBCM will communicate this status via the GMLAN serial data circuit to the BCM.
- The EBCM releases vehicle automatic braking when there is a throttle override by the driver pressing the accelerator.
- The EBCM predicts brake temperatures. Due to automatic braking, the brake system may overheat. When the brakes are overheated, the EBCM requests the adaptive cruise control System to be temporarily shut down by the ECM until the brakes cool to a normal operating temperature.
Refer to ABS Description and Operation .
Transmission Control Module (TCM)
The transmission control module (TCM) provides a down shift to protect the brakes. When the TCM detects some driver braking activity or adaptive cruise control automatic braking activity, the TCM down shifts the vehicle transmission to increase engine braking. This helps reduce braking activity, extend brake pad life and reduce brake system overheating.
Driver Information Center
The driver information center is a part of the instrument cluster and displays the adaptive cruise control system warning messages. The active safety control module requests messages to be displayed on the driver information center by sending a GMLAN request to the BCM. The BCM sends a GMLAN serial data request to the instrument cluster demanding the display of the warning message. When the message is acknowledged by the driver and the cause of the message resolved, the driver information center turns the message off. The adaptive cruise control system will not operate if the driver information center fails.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor
The BCM monitors the brake pedal position sensor in order to determine when pressure is being applied to the brake by the driver stepping on the brake pedal. The brake pedal position sensor receives a low reference signal and a 5 V reference from the BCM. When the brake is applied, a signal is applied from the brake pedal position sensor through the brake pedal position sensor signal circuit to the BCM. The BCM utilizes this signal in deciding when to command the activation of the stop lamps. The BCM continuously sends signals via the GMLAN serial data circuit to the EBCM and the ECM reflecting the brake pedal position status. This will include the initial brake travel signal required for the activation of the adaptive cruise control system. The adaptive cruise control system will not engage unless the initial brake pedal travel signal is valid and received by the BCM. When the BCM brake pedal position signal indicates that brake pedal pressure is being applied by the driver when the adaptive cruise control System is engaged, the ECM immediately disengages the adaptive cruise control System. Re-engaging the adaptive cruise control System will require the driver pressing the set or resume switch. Refer to Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration , and to Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation for more information on the brake pedal pressure sensor.
Accelerator Pedal
Deceleration of the adaptive cruise control vehicle to maintain a certain distance and speed while a slower moving vehicle is in its path is achieved through throttle control by the ECM and the application of automatic braking by the EBCM. During automatic braking the ECM is commanded to release the throttle from the currently controlled cruise position by the active safety control module. At the end of automatic braking, the ECM will control the vehicle speed to the current set vehicle speed. Driver throttle override occurs when the driver of the adaptive cruise control vehicle depresses the accelerator pedal with the intention of requesting greater speed than the current throttle position. An example is an adaptive cruise control vehicle driver stepping on the accelerator for a passing maneuver. The ECM continuously monitors the throttle and reports a throttle override condition. When no throttle override is present, automatic braking is allowed. When throttle override is detected by the ECM, automatic braking in not allowed to affect the vehicle acceleration.
The cruise control switch, functionally is a common feature that is shared between the adaptive cruise control system and the regular cruise control system. The adaptive cruise control system will not operate if any cruise switch fails. The cruise control switch comprises the following cruise control function switches
- On/Off switch
- Set/decrease switch
- Resume/increase switch
The cruise control function switches are arranged in a resistive ladder design whereby each switch function is set up with different resistance values. The BCM through the cruise control switch signal circuit detects a predetermined voltage value when any cruise control switch function is activated. The associated cruise control function signal detected by the BCM is then sent to the engine control module (ECM) as a GMLAN serial data circuit message. The ECM on receiving the message provides the cruise control function requested by the BCM. The ECM is responsible for recognizing and responding to cruise control switch requests sent by the BCM. The cruise control function switches are used by the ECM to communicate to the active safety control module the driver selected vehicle speed. The driver selected vehicle speed is communicated through GMLAN serial data circuit to the active safety control module and the BCM. The adaptive cruise control system engages and adjusts vehicle speeds based on the activation of the following cruise control function switches
On/Off Switch
The BCM monitors the switch signal circuit in order to determine when the On/Off switch is disabled or activated. The BCM detects a predetermined voltage value on the switch signal circuit. The On/Off switch state is then relayed to the ECM via the GMLAN serial data circuit. The ECM sends the On/Off switch input status to the active safety control module. When the On/Off switch is turned ON, the adaptive cruise control system enters either a standby enabled or a standby disabled mode. The standby enabled mode indicates that every condition required for the adaptive cruise control system to function has been met, but the adaptive cruise control is not engaged. When the adaptive cruise control is in the standby disabled mode, the conditions necessary for the adaptive cruise control system to function has not been met. When the On/Off switch is turned OFF, the adaptive cruise control will enter the disabled mode. The adaptive cruise control will not activate in the disabled mode.
Set/Decrease Switch
The adaptive cruise control system is engaged when the adaptive cruise control On/Off switch is turned ON and the set/decrease switch is momentarily pressed and released . When the set/decrease switch is pressed, the selected vehicle speed is set to the current vehicle speed by the ECM. The vehicle speed must be at or greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH). The selected vehicle speed is displayed by the driver information center. While in the engaged state, the selected vehicle speed and the following distance can be adjusted. Pressing and holding the set/decrease switch, when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged, will decrease the selected vehicle speed without deactivating the adaptive cruise control. Momentarily pressing and releasing the set/decrease switch, when the adaptive cruise control is engaged, decreased the selected vehicle speed by 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) for each time that the set/decrease switch is pressed.
Resume/Increase Switch
The resume/increase switch is used in order to increase the selected vehicle speed when adaptive cruise control is active. The amount selected vehicle speed can be increased from the resume/increase switch depends on how long the switch is pressed. The presence of a slower moving vehicle in the path of the adaptive cruise control vehicle will limit the extent to which the selected vehicle speed can be achieved. If there is no preceding vehicle in front, limiting the adaptive cruise control vehicle acceleration, then the vehicle speed that is attained is the new selected vehicle speed. The current selected vehicle speed is displayed by the driver information center. Acceleration is terminated when the resume/increase switch is released. Momentarily pressing and releasing the resume/increase switch will allow the selected vehicle to accelerate in at 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) increments for each time that the resume/increase switch is momentarily pressed.
The gap switch allows the driver to determine how closely the adaptive cruise control vehicle follows a target vehicle while adaptive cruise control is engaged. When the adaptive cruise control vehicle speed is being limited due to a slower travelling vehicle, the adaptive cruise control vehicle speed is automatically controlled to the follow speed limit. The gap switch has 3 following distance selections that range from 1-2 s. The gap switch following distance between the adaptive cruise control vehicle and the target vehicle is expressed in time as opposed to actual distance. The distance maintained for a selected gap will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the further back you will follow. The gap setting can only be adjusted when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged. The gap switch is hard-wired to the BCM. Based on voltage variations, the BCM is able to read the gap switch selection and communicates the switch status on the GMLAN serial data circuit to the active safety control module. The gap switch is a momentary switch.
The initial push of the gap switch recalls the current setting and activates the display. Subsequent pushes of the gap switch will change the gap setting.
Adaptive Cruise Control Temporarily Unavailable
The active safety control module will send this message if the adaptive cruise control has been disengage or disabled. There are many reasons that can cause this, some will also set DTCs. Check vehicle for DTCs and also check the adaptive cruise control enable and disengage scan tool data. Definitions of parameters can be found in active safety control module scan tool information.
Service Driver Assist System
This message can be set by either the active safety control module if there is a problem with the driver assist system or by the memory seat module if there is a problem with the haptic seat circuits. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Service Adaptive Cruise Control and Service Front Camera
The message is set if the active safety control module is not communicating to the instrument cluster. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Set Speed
The adaptive cruise control vehicle set speed is displayed at all times in the driver information center when adaptive cruise control is engaged. The active safety control module set speed display request is sent to the instrument cluster via the GMLAN serial data circuit.
Follow Distance
The driver information center displays the driver selected following distance when adaptive cruise control is engaged and the gap switch is active. The current follow distance setting is displayed in the driver information center for a few seconds after the gap switch is pressed to increase or decrease the following distance. The active safety control module follow distance display request is sent to the instrument cluster via the GMLAN serial data circuit.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
The vehicle ahead indicator is displayed in the instrument cluster hen the radar identifies an in-path vehicle. The vehicle ahead indicator is a warning to the driver that a vehicle is ahead. The indicator also serves as a feedback to the driver that the radar is functioning properly. The active safety control module commands the display of the vehicle ahead indicator via a GMLAN serial data message to the instrument cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator only displays with the adaptive cruise control active and may sometimes display for stationary road objects.
The adaptive cruise control system will engage and adjust vehicle speeds based on the activation of the following cruise switches
- On/off
- Set/decrease
- Resume/increase
Adaptive cruise control will not engage if any inhibit criteria is active. Also, the driver must step on the brakes at each ignition cycle before attempting to engage adaptive cruise control. The engine control module (ECM) looks to the BCM for the brake initial travel achieved signal indicating that the driver has stepped on the brakes before attempting to engage adaptive cruise control.
The vehicle speed must be above 45 km/h (28 MPH) and below 190 km/h (118 MPH) for the adaptive cruise control System to be engaged. In the engaged state, the adaptive cruise control System allows the driver to override the controlled vehicle speed temporarily while still remaining in the engaged state.
Active Safety Control Module Inhibits
The active safety control module inhibits the adaptive cruise control system when certain conditions exist. Refer to Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information for details.
Active Safety Control Module Disengagement
The Adaptive Cruise Control System disengages when certain conditions occur. Refer to Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information for details.
Object Detection Description and Operation (with Active Safety System, UGN, except N America)
The Active Safety System
The Active Safety System analyzes data from various sensors and modules to provide multiple features. It is made up of the following components
- Active Safety Control Module
- Park Assist Switch and Indicator
- Lane Departure Warning Switch and Indicator
- Frontview Camera Module
- Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
Active Safety Control Module
The Active Safety Control Module analyzes data from various modules, sensors, and switches to provide enhanced safety features. Inputs and outputs can either be connected directly to the Active Safety Control Module or communicate though serial data. The Active Safety Control Module communicates on a dedicated Object Bus to the long range radar sensor module and the Frontview Camera Module. A problem on the Object Bus may result in multiple DTCs since the Active Safety Control Module may not be able to communicate with some or all modules on the bus. See Data Link Communications Description and Operation for more serial data information.
The Active Safety Control Module will alert the driver to a vehicle ahead and provide forward collision alert and lane departure warnings. The alerts and warnings can be user-selected to be audible through the audio system or haptic using the Active Safety Seat. In addition, the Active Safety Control Module will provide driver assistance through integrated brake assist, automatic collision preparation, and adaptive cruise control.
If there is a DTC set in any of the modules that the Active Safety Control Module uses as inputs, it will send a "Service Driver Assist" to the instrument cluster to alert the driver of a problem with the system. No other specific details are given unless the driver attempts to activate a specific system. For example if the driver attempts to turn on Lane Departure Warning, the instrument cluster will display "Lane Departure Unavailable" and the indictor will flash and then go out. A scan tool must be used to read the DTCs that are causing the malfunction to help find the problem.
- Active Safety Control Module Inputs: Park Assist Switch Lane Departure Warning Switch Forward Collision Alert Switch Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Frontview Camera Module Front and Rear Park Assist Module Multi-axis Acceleration Sensor Wheel Speed Sensors Steering Wheel Angle Sensor EBCM
- Active Safety Control Module Outputs: ECM TCM EBCM ONSTAR BCM Memory Seat Module (for haptic seat alerts) Instrument Cluster (for alerts and heads up display if equipped) Radio (for audio alerts) Park Assist Switch Indicator Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator
Parking Assist Switch
Parking assist can be activated or deactivated by pressing the parking assist switch. See owners manual for exact location of the park assist switch. The Parking Assist Switch is hard-wired to the Active Safety Control Module. The switch contains a LED that is controlled by the Active Safety Control Module to indicate if the parking assist feature is enabled.
Lane Departure Warning Switch
The Lane Departure Warning feature can be activated or deactivated by pressing the Lane Departure Warning Switch. See owners manual for exact location of the Lane Departure Warning Switch. The Lane Departure Warning Switch is hard-wired to the Active Safety Control Module. The switch contains a LED that is controlled by the Active Safety Control Module to indicate if lane departure warning feature is enabled.
Forward Collision Alert Switch
The Forward Collision Alert System can be adjusted to set the range of the warning by pressing the Forward Collision Alert Switch. The Forward Collision Alert can be set to Far, Medium, Near, or Off. See owners manual for exact location of the Forward Collision Alert Switch. The Forward Collision Alert Switch is hard-wired to the Body Control Module and is communicated to the Active Safety Control Module through serial data.
Radar Sensor Module - Long Range
The Radar Sensor Module - Long Range is located behind the front grille emblem and is used in the 30-200 meters (98-656 ft) range. The Radar Sensor Module - Long Range communicates on the Object Bus to the Active Safety Control Module. In addition to the wiring harness ground, the module is grounded through the mounting bracket.
Frontview Camera Module
The Frontview Camera Module is located behind the windshield, looking out at the road ahead and detects lane markings and vehicles directly ahead, within a distance of approximately 60 meters (197 ft). The Frontview Camera Module is used for lane departure warning and forward collision alert systems. The Frontview Camera Module communicates on the Object Bus to the Active Safety Control Module.
Front and Rear Park Assist Module
The Front and Rear Park Assist Module uses ultrasonic object sensors located in the front and rear bumper fascia to provide distance measurements to nearby objects. The Front and Rear Park Assist Module sends rear object data to the Active Safety Control Module on the Low Speed GMLAN.
Vehicle Ahead
With input from the front camera module and front long range radar, the active safety control module will issue a command via serial data to turn on the green Vehicle Ahead Indicator. This is an indication that the Forward Collision System is ready to assist.
With input from the Frontview Camera Module and front long range radar module, the Active Safety Control Module evaluates collision threats in the vehicle's forward path and alerts the driver of a potential collision. Alerts will only be possible if the system has detected a vehicle ahead and turned on the green Vehicle Ahead indicator. The active safety control module will send a command via serial data to turn on the forward collision alert telltale when approaching a vehicle directly ahead too quickly. The active safety control module will also send a command via serial data to pulse the driver seat (if equipped) or create a beeping noise through the speakers when approaching a vehicle directly ahead too quickly.
With the input from the Frontview Camera Module, front long range radar and front short range radar, the active safety control module provides a boost to the driver's commanded braking as much as is needed to potentially avoid a frontal impact. Integrated brake assist may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead. The driver can override this behavior by releasing the brake pedal or pressing the accelerator pedal.
With the input from the front camera module and front long range radar, the active safety control module prepares the vehicle's braking system to reduce brake response time. Once the collision is deemed unavoidable, and if the driver still does not react more aggressively, braking is applied automatically. The system may help reduce collision damage and may even help avoid some crashes at very low speeds.
With input from the Frontview Camera Module the Active Safety Control Module will issue a warning via serial data to the instrument cluster to turn on the lane departure warning telltale when the system detects that the vehicle has unintentionally crossed a lane marking. In addition, an audible alert or haptic alert will signal the driver the vehicle has unintentionally left the lane. The memory seat module will command three pulses to the left or right side of the seat depending on the lane departure direction. The front view camera is located behind the windshield, looking out at the road ahead and detecting any lane markings. The system can be turned off by using the lane departure warning switch.
The lane departure warning telltale will be illuminated green when the system is ready to assist and will be a flashing an amber color when crossing the lane unintentionally.
The front long range radar and frontview camera scans the road environment to detect targets within its specified field of view. With input from the front radar and front view camera the active safety control module controller then makes throttle and/or brake commands to the engine control module (ECM) and electronic brake control module (EBCM) via the serial data circuit in order to control the vehicle acceleration/deceleration based on the data from the radar. The ECM and EBCM provide throttle control and automatic braking needed for proper cruise speed adjustment.
Active cruise control allows a driver to set and maintain a following distance to the preceding nearest vehicle in the path ahead. The active safety control module controller calculates a follow speed limit to ensure an acceptable distance is maintained to the preceding vehicle in front, should one be present. The adaptive cruise control system automatically adjusts the speed when the vehicle comes up behind a slower travelling vehicle in front. The system applies limited automatic braking and throttle control without driver input when necessary to maintain the set following distance. The preceding vehicle's speed and acceleration along with the active cruise control vehicle speed and acceleration and the distance between the 2 vehicles are factors used by the active safety control module controller to determine the follow speed limit. The vehicle speeds up to the original driver selected set speed when the pathway becomes clear without driver input.
Adaptive Cruise Control Temporarily Unavailable
The active safety control module will send this message if the adaptive cruise control has been disengage or disabled. There are many reasons that can cause this, some will also set DTCs. Check vehicle for DTCs and also check the adaptive cruise control enable and disengage scantool data. Definitions of parameters can be found in Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information.
Service Driver Assist System
This message can be set by either the Active Safety Control Module if there is a problem with the driver assist system or by the Memory Seat Module if there is a problem with the haptic seat circuits. Check vehicle for DTCs.
Service Adaptive Cruise Control and Service Front Camera
The message is set if the Active Safety Control Module is not communicating to the instrument cluster. Check vehicle for DTCs.
See also:
• Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
• Strategy Based Diagnosis
• Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
• COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
• Circuit Testing
• Connector Repairs
• Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
• Wiring Repairs
• Control Module References
• Diagnostic Repair Verification
• SIR Service Precautions
• Symptom Byte List
• Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
• Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Replacement
• Interior Backlighting Malfunction
• Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
• Data Communication Schematics
• Data Link Communications Description and Operation
• DTC B2545
• Power Mode Mismatch
• Checking Aftermarket Accessories
• Cruise Control Switch Replacement
• Electrical Center Identification Views
• Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
• SIR Warning
• Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
• Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
• Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
• Fastener Caution
• Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (With AM9)
• Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Left Side (Except AM9)
• Instrument Panel Instrument Cluster Hood Replacement (Without UV6)
• Special Tools
• Basecoat/Clearcoat Paint Systems
• Paint Gauges
• Windshield Multifunction Sensor Mount Bracket Cover Replacement (With UEU, UFL)
• Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
• Rear Closure Fixed Handle Applique Replacement
• Active Safety Control Module Scan Tool Information
• ABS Description and Operation
• Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
• Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
• DTC B0099
• Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7)
• Radar Sensor Module - Long Range Calibration
• Pedestrian Impact Detection System Disabling and Enabling